THERAPEUTIC AGENT FOR TAUOPATHIES
20230109839 · 2023-04-13
Assignee
Inventors
- Kazuaki SAMPEI (Matsubara-shi, JP)
- Takeo ISHIYAMA (Toyonaka-shi, JP)
- Atsushi IKEDA (Kyoto-shi, JP)
- Taizo ISHIKAWA (Ikoma-shi, JP)
- Makoto HIGUCHI (Chiba-shi, JP)
- Hiroyuki TAKUWA (Chiba-shi, JP)
- Yuhei TAKADO (Chiba-shi, JP)
Cpc classification
A61K45/06
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/501
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/437
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/5355
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/517
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/4375
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/5377
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61P25/28
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/496
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/506
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/4985
HUMAN NECESSITIES
International classification
A61K31/5377
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/4985
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/501
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K31/517
HUMAN NECESSITIES
Abstract
The present invention is to provide a medicament for treating and/or preventing tauopathy by activating the voltage-gated sodium channel (Nav). The present invention relates to a medicament for treating and/or preventing tauopathy, comprising a Nav activator as an active ingredient.
Claims
1. A medicament for treating and/or preventing tauopathy, comprising a Nav activator.
2. The medicament of claim 1, wherein the Nav activator is an activator for at least one Nav subtype selected from the group consisting of Nav1.1, Nav1.2, Nav1.3, and Nav1.6.
3. The medicament of claim 1, wherein the Nav activator is Nav1.1 activator.
4. The medicament of claim 3, wherein the Nav1.1 activator is a small molecule compound.
5. The medicament of Item 3, wherein the Nav1.1 activator is a compound of formula (1): ##STR01053## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein M.sup.1 is (1-1) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) hydroxy, (c) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (e) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, and (f) amino-carbonyl wherein the amino may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (1-2) 4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) hydroxy, (c) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (e) C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (f) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, and (g) amino-carbonyl wherein the amino may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (1-3) C.sub.6-10 aryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) hydroxy, (c) cyano, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (e) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (f) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, and (g) amino-carbonyl wherein the amino may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (1-4) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) hydroxy, (c) cyano, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (e) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (f) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, and (g) amino-carbonyl wherein the amino may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (1-5) C.sub.1-10 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and (d) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (1-6) C.sub.6-10 aryloxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) hydroxy, (c) cyano, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (e) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, and (f) amino-carbonyl wherein the amino may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (1-7) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryloxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) hydroxy, (c) cyano, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (e) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (f) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, and (g) amino-carbonyl wherein the amino may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (1-8) C.sub.1-10 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and (d) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (1-9) C.sub.2-10 alkenyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and (d) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (1-10) C.sub.2-10 alkynyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and (d) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (1-11) —NR.sup.eR.sup.f, wherein R.sup.e and R.sup.f are independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.2-10 alkynyl, (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, (d) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, (e) C.sub.6-10 aryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (f) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; M.sup.2 is (2-1) a group of the following formula (2a) or (2b): ##STR01054## wherein X.sup.1a, X.sup.1b, X.sup.1c, X.sup.5, X.sup.6, X.sup.7, and X.sup.8 are independently N or CR.sup.3, X.sup.2, X.sup.3, and X.sup.4 are independently CR.sup.3, O, S, N, or NR.sup.4, A.sup.1 and A.sup.2 are independently N or C, wherein X.sup.1a, X.sup.1b, X.sup.1c, X.sup.2, X.sup.3, X.sup.4, X.sup.5, X.sup.6, X.sup.7, X.sup.8, A.sup.1, and A.sup.2 are selected so that the ring comprising them can be a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring; R.sup.3 is (a) hydrogen atom, (b) halogen atom, (c) cyano, (d) hydroxy, (e) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (f) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (g) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (h) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (i) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, and C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (j) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (k) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, R.sup.4 is (a) hydrogen atom, (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (c) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, provided that when there are plural R.sup.3 or R.sup.4, each R.sup.3 or each R.sup.4 may be the same or different, (2-2) a group of the following formula (2c): ##STR01055## wherein R.sup.5, R.sup.6, and R.sup.7 are independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) halogen atom, (c) cyano, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (e) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (f) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (g) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl, (h) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, and C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (i) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (j) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, (k) C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, or (l) C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atom, wherein R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, oxo, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl, i is 0, 1, or 2, and the substitutable carbon atom on the ring of formula (2c) may have one fluorine atom as a substituent, (2-3) a group of the following formula (2d), (2e), (2f), (2g), (2h), (2i), or (2j): ##STR01056## wherein R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) halogen atom, (c) cyano, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom; hydroxy; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with hydroxy or C.sub.1-16 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl; 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl; and amino (which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy), (e) C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (f) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (g) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (h) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (i) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl, (j) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl; C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and oxo, (k) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyloxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (l) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, (m) —C(O)OR.sup.z, wherein R.sup.z is C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or (n) ethenyl which may be substituted with one 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl, wherein R.sup.8 and R.sup.9 may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and the substitutable carbon atom on the ring of formula (2d), (2e), (2f), (2g), (2h), (2i), or (2j) may have one fluorine atom as a substituent, (2-4) a group of the following formula (2k): ##STR01057## wherein R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are as defined in the above (2-3), n is 0, 1, or 2, X.sup.9 is CH.sub.2 or O, and the substitutable carbon atom on the ring of formula (2k) may have one fluorine atom as a substituent, (2-5) a group of the following formula (2l), (2m), or (2n): ##STR01058## wherein X.sup.10, X.sup.11, X.sup.12, and X.sup.13 are independently N or CR.sup.11, wherein X.sup.10, X.sup.11, X.sup.12, and X.sup.13 are selected so that the 6-membered ring comprising them can be a heteroaromatic ring, X.sup.14 is CR.sup.15, CHR.sup.15, NR.sup.16, or O, provided that when X.sup.14 is CR.sup.15, the bond having a broken line in formula (2m) is a double bond, or when X.sup.14 is CHR.sup.15, NR.sup.16, or O, the bond having a broken line in formula (2m) is a single bond, X.sup.1s is NR.sup.17 or O, R.sup.11 is independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) halogen atom, (c) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (d) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl-methyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (e) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl, and C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl, provided that there are plural R.sup.11, each R.sup.11 may be the same or different, R.sup.12, R.sup.13, and R.sup.14 are independently (a) hydrogen atom, or (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, wherein R.sup.12 and R.sup.14, or R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they attach to form a bridged structure, R.sup.15 is (a) phenyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (b) benzyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (c) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (d) hydroxy, (e) phenyloxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (f) phenylamino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, R.sup.16 is (a) phenyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (b) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with 1 to 3 fluorine atoms, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with 1 to 3 fluorine atoms, (c) 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (d) 5- or 6-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, or (e) 5- or 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, R.sup.17 is (a) pyridyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (b) 5- or 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, k is 0, 1, or 2, and j.sup.1, j.sup.2, j.sup.3, and j.sup.4 are independently 0 or 1, (2-6) a group of the following formula (2o): ##STR01059## or (2-7) a group of the following formula (2p) or (2q): ##STR01060## wherein R.sup.18 is (a) phenyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (b) benzyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, k.sup.1 and k.sup.2 are independently 0 or 1, wherein the nitrogen-containing saturated ring in formula (2p) may be optionally substituted with oxo; and Ring Cy is an optionally-substituted 5- to 10-membered heteroarylene.
6. The medicament of claim 5, wherein Ring Cy is a group of formula (a): ##STR01061## wherein * is binding point to M.sup.1, and ** is binding point to CH.sub.2C(═O) M.sup.2, R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are independently (3-1) hydrogen atom, (3-2) halogen atom, (3-3) cyano, (3-4) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) hydroxy, (c) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and (e) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl, (3-5) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (3-6) C.sub.2-6 alkenyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 halogen atoms, (3-7) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (3-8) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl; or R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form (4-1) 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbon ring which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) hydroxy, (c) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and (d) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (4-2) 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated hetero ring which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of the above (a)-(d) in (4-1), or a group of formula (b): ##STR01062## wherein * is binding point to M.sup.1, and ** is binding point to CH.sub.2C(═O)M.sup.2, Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3 are independently N or CR.sup.2b; R.sup.1b is hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, or amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl; R.sup.2b is, independently if there are plural R.sup.2b, hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, or amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, provided that when there are plural R.sup.2b, each R.sup.2b may be the same or different.
7. The medicament of claim 5 or 6, wherein M.sup.2 is (1) a group of any one of the following formulae (2a-1)-(2a-23) and (2b-1)-(2b-11): ##STR01063## ##STR01064## ##STR01065## ##STR01066## ##STR01067## wherein X.sup.1a, X.sup.1b, R.sup.3, and R.sup.4 are as defined in claim 5, (2) a group of the following (2c′): ##STR01068## wherein R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) halogen atom, (c) cyano, (d) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl, (e) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, and C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (f) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (g) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, or R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, oxo, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl, the substitutable carbon atom on the ring of formula (2c′) may have one fluorine atom as a substituent, (3) a group of the following formula (2d), (2f), (2g), or (2h): ##STR01069## wherein R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) halogen atom, (c) cyano, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom; hydroxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with hydroxy or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl; and amino (which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy), (e) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (f) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (g) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl, (h) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl; C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and oxo, (i) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyloxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (j) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, (k) —C(O)OR.sup.z, wherein R.sup.z is C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or (l) ethenyl which may be substituted with one 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl, wherein R.sup.8 and R.sup.9 may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and the substitutable carbon atom on the ring of formula (2d), (2f), (2g), or (2h) may have one fluorine atom as a substituent, or (4) a group of formula (2k′): ##STR01070## wherein R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are as defined in the above (3).
8. The medicament of claim 5 or 6, wherein M.sup.2 is a group of (1) a group of the following formulae (2a-1), (2a-2), (2a-12), (2a-20), (2a-21), (2b-3), (2b-4), (2b-7), or (2b-10): ##STR01071## wherein X.sup.1a, X.sup.1b, and R.sup.3 are as defined in claim 5, (2) a group of the following formula (2c′): ##STR01072## wherein R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) halogen atom, (c) cyano, or (d) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl, the substitutable carbon atom on the ring of formula (2c′) may have one fluorine atom as a substituent, (3) a group of the following formula (2d) or (2f): ##STR01073## wherein R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are as defined in claim 7, the substitutable carbon atom on the ring of formula (2d) or (2f) may have one fluorine atom as a substituent, or (4) a group of the following formula (2k″): ##STR01074## wherein R.sup.8 and R.sup.9 are as defined in claim 7.
9. The medicament of any one of claims 5 to 8, wherein M.sup.1 is (1) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-2 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom; and C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (2) 4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom; and C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (3) —NR.sup.eR.sup.f, wherein R.sup.e and R.sup.f are independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, (d) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, (e) C.sub.6-10 aryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (f) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
10. The medicament of any one of claims 5 to 9, wherein M.sup.2 is a group of the following formula (2a-20), (2a-21), (2b-3), (2b-4), or (2b-7): ##STR01075## wherein X.sup.1a and X.sup.1b are independently N or CR.sup.3; R.sup.3 is independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) halogen atom, (c) cyano, (d) hydroxy, (e) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (f) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (g) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or (h) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, provided that when there are plural R.sup.3, each R.sup.3 may be the same or different.
11. The medicament of any one of claims 5 to 9, wherein M.sup.2 is a group of the following formula (2a′-20), (2a′-21), (2b′-3), (2b′-4), or (2b′-7): ##STR01076## wherein R.sup.3 is independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) halogen atom, (c) cyano, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (e) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or (f) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, provided that when there are plural R.sup.3, each R.sup.3 may be the same or different.
12. The medicament of any one of claims 5 to 9, wherein M.sup.2 is a group of the following formula (2d) or (2f): ##STR01077## wherein R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) halogen atom, (c) cyano, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom; hydroxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with hydroxy or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl; and amino (which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy), (e) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (f) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (g) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl, (h) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl; C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and oxo, (i) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyloxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (j) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.Y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, (k) —C(O)OR.sup.z, wherein R.sup.z is C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or (l) ethenyl which may be substituted with one 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl, wherein R.sup.8 and R.sup.9 may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl.
13. The medicament of claim 12, wherein R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) halogen atom, (c) cyano, (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom; hydroxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with hydroxy or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and amino (which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, (e) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (f) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
14. The medicament of any one of claims 5 to 13, wherein M.sup.1 is a group of the following formula (3): ##STR01078## wherein X.sup.16 is N, C, or CH, the bond having a broken line is a single bond or a double bond, m is 0, 1, 2, or 3, R.sup.a and R.sup.b are independently (1-1) hydrogen atom, (1-2) halogen atom, or (1-3) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or R.sup.a and R.sup.b may be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form 3- to 6-membered saturated carbocyclic ring, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of (a) halogen atom, (b) hydroxy, (c) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and (d) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
15. The medicament of claim 14, wherein X.sup.16 is C, and the bond having a broken line is a double bond.
16. The medicament of claim 14, wherein X.sup.16 is CH, and the bond having a broken line is a single bond.
17. The medicament of claim 14, wherein X.sup.16 is N, and the bond having a broken line is a single bond.
18. The medicament of any one of claims 5 to 13, wherein M.sup.1 is —NR.sup.eR.sup.f, wherein R.sup.e and R.sup.f are independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, (d) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, (e) C.sub.6-10 aryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or (f) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
19. The medicament of any one of claims 5 to 13, wherein M.sup.1 is —NR.sup.eR.sup.f, wherein R.sup.e and R.sup.f are independently (a) hydrogen atom, (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, or (d) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl.
20. The medicament of any one of claims 5 to 13, wherein M.sup.1 is —NR.sup.eR.sup.f, wherein R.sup.e is methyl, and R.sup.f is (a) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (b) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, or (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl.
21. The medicament of any one of claims 5 to 13, wherein M.sup.1 is a group of any one of the following formulae (3a-1)-(3a-4): ##STR01079##
22. The medicament of any one of claims 5 to 13, wherein M.sup.1 is a group of any one of the following formulae (3c-1)-(3c-6): ##STR01080##
23. The medicament of any one of claims 5 to 13, wherein M is a group of any one of the following formulae (3d-1)-(3d-12): ##STR01081## ##STR01082##
24. The medicament of any one of claims 6 to 23, wherein Ring Cy is formula (a).
25. The medicament of claim 24, wherein R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, methyl, or methoxy.
26. The medicament of claim 24, wherein R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are hydrogen atom.
27. The medicament of any one of claims 6 to 23, wherein Ring Cy is formula (b).
28. The medicament of claim 27, wherein Y.sup.1 is N, and Y.sup.2 and Y.sup.3 are independently CR.sup.2b.
29. The medicament of claim 27, wherein Y.sup.1 and Y.sup.2 are N, and Y.sup.3 is CR.sup.2b.
30. The medicament of claim 27, wherein Y.sup.1 and Y.sup.3 are N, and Y.sup.2 is CR.sup.2b.
31. The medicament of any one of claims 27 to 30, wherein R.sup.1b and R.sup.2b are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, provided that when there are plural R.sup.2b, each R.sup.2b may be the same or different.
32. The medicament of any one of claims 27 to 30, wherein R.sup.1b and R.sup.2b are hydrogen atom.
33. The medicament of claim 5, wherein the Nav1.1 activator is any one compound selected from the group consisting of the following compounds: N-(4-cyanophenyl)-2-[3-(4-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]acetamide, N-(1,3-benzoxazol-5-yl)-2-[3-(4-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl] acetamide, 2-[3-(6-azaspiro[3.4] octan-6-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]-N-(quinazolin-7-yl)acetamide, N-[2-(dimethylamino)-1,3-benzoxazol-5-yl]-2-[3-(4-methylcyclohex-1-ene)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]acetamide, N-(2,6-dimethylpyridin-4-yl)-2-[3-(4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]acetamide, 6-(4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-2-{2-[4-(2-methylpyridin-3-yl) piperazin-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl}pyridazin-3(2H)-one, 2-[3-(4,4-dimethylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)acetamide, 2-[3-(4,4-dimethylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, N-(1,3-benzoxazol-5-yl)-2-[3-(4,4-dimethylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]acetamide, 2-[6-oxo-3-(spiro[2.5]oct-5-en-6-yl)pyridazin-1(6H)-yl]-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, 2-{2-oxo-2-[4-(pyridazin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-indol-1-yl]ethyl}-6-(spiro[2.5]oct-5-en-6-yl) pyridazin-3(2H)-one, N-(1,3-benzoxazol-5-yl)-2-[3-(4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]acetamide, 2-{3-[(4S)-4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl]-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, 2-{3-[(4R)-4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl]-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, 2-{3-[(4S)-4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl]-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)acetamide, 2-{3-[(4R)-4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl]-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)acetamide, N-(6-cyanopyridin-3-yl)-2-[3-(4,4-difluoro-6-azaspiro[2.5]octan-6-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]acetamide, and 6-[cyclopentyl(methyl)amino]-2-{2-[4-(morpholin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-indol-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl}pyridazin-3(2H)-one.
34. The medicament of claim 5, wherein the Nav1.1 activator is any one compound selected from the group consisting of the following compounds: 2-{6-[cyclopentyl(methyl)amino]-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, 2-[6-(4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl]-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, 2-[6-(4,4-difluoro-6-azaspiro[2.5]octan-6-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl]-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, 2-{6-[methyl(spiro[2.3]hexan-5-yl)amino]-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, 2-{6-[(3,3-dimethylcyclobutyl)(methyl)amino]-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrazin-1-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, 2-{6-[(3,3-dimethylcyclobutyl)(methyl)amino]-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrazin-1-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)acetamide, N-(6-cyanopyridin-3-yl)-2-[6-(4,4-difluoro-6-azaspiro[2.5]octan-6-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl]acetamide, N-(6-cyanopyridin-3-yl)-2-{6-[methyl(spiro[2.3]hexan-5-yl)amino]-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl}acetamide, 2-{6-[cyclopentyl(methyl)amino]-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, 2-{6-[(cyclobutylmethyl)(methyl)amino]-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)acetamide, 2-{6-[(3,3-dimethylcyclobutyl)(methyl)amino]-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)acetamide, and an optically active form of 2-[6-(4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl]-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide.
35. The medicament of any one of claims 1 to 34, wherein the tauopathy is Alzheimer's disease, Alzheimer-type dementia, diffuse neurofibrillary tangles with calcification, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis/parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam island, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis/parkinsonism-dementia complex of the Kii peninsula, frontotemporal lobar degeneration (including Pick's disease, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, argyrophilic grain dementia, globular glial tauopathy, and frontotemporal dementia and parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17), senile dementia of the neurofibrillary tangle type, Down syndrome, chronic traumatic encephalopathy, myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease type C, static encephalopathy of childhood with neurodegeneration in adulthood, PLA2G6-associated neurodegeneration, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, familial British dementia, familial Danish dementia, post-encephalitic Parkinsonism, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, SLC9A6-related mental retardation, or a combination of any two or more of these diseases.
36. The medicament of any one of claims 1 to 34, wherein the tauopathy is diffuse neurofibrillary tangles with calcification, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis/parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam island, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis/parkinsonism-dementia complex of the Kii peninsula, frontotemporal lobar degeneration (including Pick's disease, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, argyrophilic grain dementia, globular glial tauopathy, and frontotemporal dementia and parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17), senile dementia of the neurofibrillary tangle type, Down syndrome, chronic traumatic encephalopathy, myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease type C, static encephalopathy of childhood with neurodegeneration in adulthood, PLA2G6-associated neurodegeneration, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, familial British dementia, familial Danish dementia, post-encephalitic Parkinsonism, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, SLC9A6-related mental retardation, or a combination of any two or more of these diseases.
37. The medicament of any one of claims 1 to 36, which can decrease phosphorylated tau aggregation and/or inhibit cerebral atrophy.
38. A method for decreasing phosphorylated tau aggregation and/or inhibiting cerebral atrophy, comprising administering a Nav activator.
39. A method for treating and/or preventing tauopathy, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a Nav activator to a patient in need thereof.
40. Use of a Nav activator in the manufacture of a medicament for treating and/or preventing tauopathy.
41. A Nav activator in use for treating and/or preventing tauopathy.
42. A combination of the medicament of any one of claims 1 to 37, and at least one medicament selected from another medicament for treating tauopathy, a medicament for treating Alzheimer-type dementia, antiepileptic agent, antipsychotic agent, antidepressive agent, anti-anxiety agent, Chinese herbal drug, sleep-inducing drug, antiparkinsonian agent, antihypertensive drug, anti-inflammatory agent, antidiabetic drug, antihyperlipidemic drug, anti-obesity agent, antiemetic drug, a medicament for treating dysphagia, a medicament for treating dysuria, and cathartic drug.
43. The medicament of any one of claims 1 to 37, which is used in combination with at least one medicament selected from another medicament for treating tauopathy, a medicament for treating Alzheimer-type dementia, antiepileptic agent, antipsychotic agent, antidepressive agent, anti-anxiety agent, Chinese herbal drug, sleep-inducing drug, antiparkinsonian agent, antihypertensive drug, anti-inflammatory agent, antidiabetic drug, antihyperlipidemic drug, anti-obesity agent, antiemetic drug, a medicament for treating dysphagia, a medicament for treating dysuria, and cathartic drug.
44. A method for treating and/or preventing tauopathy, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the medicament of any one of claims 1 to 37 in combination with at least one medicament selected from another medicament for treating tauopathy, a medicament for treating Alzheimer-type dementia, antiepileptic agent, antipsychotic agent, antidepressive agent, anti-anxiety agent, Chinese herbal drug, sleep-inducing drug, antiparkinsonian agent, antihypertensive drug, anti-inflammatory agent, antidiabetic drug, antihyperlipidemic drug, anti-obesity agent, antiemetic drug, a medicament for treating dysphagia, a medicament for treating dysuria, and cathartic drug, to a patient in need thereof.
Description
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0404]
[0405]
[0406]
[0407]
[0408]
[0409]
[0410]
DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
[0411] Hereinafter, the present invention is explained in detail.
[0412] The “Nav activator” used herein is a medicament for activating the function of voltage-gated sodium channels, which means a medicament that acts on voltage-gated sodium channels and increases the amount of sodium current resulting from them. The “Nav activator” may be an agent that can activate any of Nav1.1-Nav1.9 which are nine subtypes of voltage-gated sodium channels. In an embodiment, the “Nav activator” is a substance that can activate Nav expressed in the brain. It includes, for example, Nav1.1 activator, Nav1.2 activator, Nav1.3 activator, and Nav1.6 activator. And, the “Nav activator” also includes selective Nav activators that selectively activate one Nav subtype (e.g., selective Nav1.1 activators, selective Nav1.2 activators and selective Nav1.6 activators, etc.), dual activators that activate two Nav subtypes (e.g., Nav1.1/Nav1.2 activators and Nav1.1/Nav1.6 activators, etc.), triple activators that activate three Nav subtypes (e.g., Nav1.1/Nav1.2/Nav1.6 activators, etc.), and multiple activators that activate four or more Nav subtypes. Examples of the “Nav activator” include medicaments that increase the amount of sodium current resulting from any subtype of Nav by 50%, preferably at 10 μM, and more preferably at 1 μM. The amount of sodium current resulting from each subtype can be measured according to the method described in Example 1.
[0413] The “Nav1.1 activator” means a medicament for activating Nav1.1, which includes a medicament for selectively activating Nav1.1 and a medicament for activating both of Nav1.1 and other Nav subtypes. When activating both Nav1.1 and other Nav subtypes, it is not necessary to activate Nav1.1 the most strongly, and medicaments that activate other Nav subtypes more strongly are also included in the “Nav1.1 activator”. The “Nav1.1 activator” includes, for example, selective Nav1.1 activators, Nav1.1/Nav1.2 dual activators, Nav1.1/Nav1.3 dual activators, Nav1.1/Nav1.6 dual activators, and Nav1.1/Nav1.2/Nav1.6 triple activators, but should not be limited thereto. The “Nav1.1 activator” can activate the function of Nav1.1 by acting on Nav1.1, and increase the sodium current resulting from Nav1.1. As a result, the nerve firing ability of cells expressing Nav1.1 is increased, and the function of GABAergic neurons is enhanced. Examples of the “Nav1.1 activator” include medicaments that increase the amount of sodium current resulting from Nav1.1 by 50%, preferably at 10 μM, and more preferably at 1 μM. The amount of sodium current resulting from Nav1.1 can be measured according to the method described in Example 1.
[0414] The “Nav activator” or “Nav1.1 activator” includes modality such as small molecule compounds, peptides and antibodies. The “Nav activator” or “Nav1.1 activator” includes preferably small molecule compounds and peptides, more preferably small molecule compounds.
[0415] The “small molecule compound” used herein means an organic compound whose molecular weight is 1000 or less. Examples of the atoms constituting the “small molecule compound” include carbon atom, hydrogen atom, oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, sulfur atom and halogen atom, but are not limited thereto. It is hopeful that the “small molecule compound” has one or more aromatic hetero ring comprising one of more functional group and/or atom, wherein said functional group is represented by alcohol, ether, ketone, carboxylic acid, ester, amine, amide, imide, carbamate, urea, thiol, sulfide, sulfoxide, sulfonic acid, sulfone, sulfone amide and the like, and said atom is oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, or sulfur atom. The “small molecule compound” includes, preferably an organic compound having one or more functional group selected from the group consisting of alcohol, ether, ester, amine, amide, imide, carbamate, urea, sulfone, and sulfonamide, and more preferably an organic compound having one or more aromatic hetero ring comprising one of more functional group selected from the group consisting of alcohol, ether, ester, amine, amide, imide, carbamate, urea, sulfone, and sulfonamide; and one or more nitrogen atom. And, the “small molecule compound” includes preferably an organic compound having a molecular weight of 100 to 800, more preferably 150 to 600, still more preferably 150 to 500, and particularly preferably 200 to 500.
[0416] The “small molecule compound” can be identified by various physical characteristic parameters, besides the above-mentioned parameters. In an embodiment, the “small molecule compound” is identified by the lipophilicity (Log P) expressed by the partition coefficient of octanol/water. For example, the Log P of the “small molecule compound” includes preferably −10 to 10, more preferably −8 to 8, even more preferably −5 to 5, and particularly preferably −2 to 5. In another embodiment, the “small molecule compound” is also identified by the number of hydrogen bond acceptor (HBA) or hydrogen bond donor (HBD) contained within the molecule. For example, the number of HBA contained within the molecule in the “small molecule compound” includes preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and even more preferably 10 or less; and the number of HBD contained within the molecule in the “small molecule compound” includes preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 5 or less. In further another embodiment, the “small molecule compound” is also identified by the acid dissociation constant (pKa) which represents the acid strength of the compound. The pKa of the “small molecule compound” includes preferably −5 to 10, more preferably −2 to 8, and even more preferably 0 to 5. In further another embodiment, the “small molecule compound” is also identified by the number of rotatable bond (RB) contained within the molecule. The number of RB of the “small molecule compound” includes preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, even more preferably 10 or less. In a preferred embodiment, any two or more of these physical characteristic parameters may be combined. The “small molecule compound” having one or more of these physical characteristic parameters has physical characteristics suitable for development as a pharmaceutical, and the high druggability thereof can be expected.
[0417] The “Peptide” used herein means a compound in which two or more amino acids are linked via an amide bond, which should not be limited by the number of amino acids. The “peptide” includes preferably a peptide consisting of 2 to 200 amino acids, more preferably a peptide consisting of 5 to 100 amino acids, and further preferably a peptide consisting of 5 to 50 amino acids. The amino acid may be a natural amino acid or an unnatural amino acid. And, the “peptide” also includes derivatives obtained by chemically modifying a “peptide”.
[0418] The “antibody” used herein is not limited as long as it is an antibody that specifically binds to a voltage-gated sodium channel, and it may be a human antibody, a mouse antibody, or a chimeric antibody. And, the “antibody” also includes a small molecule antibody such as one consisting of a Fab region and one consisting of a Fab region and a hinge portion.
[0419] The present specification may denote the number of carbon atoms in definitions of “substituents” in formula (1) as, for example, “C.sub.1-6”. Specifically, the term “C.sub.1-6 alkyl” is synonymous with alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
[0420] The “halogen atom” includes, for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, and iodine atom.
[0421] The “C.sub.1-6 alkyl” means a straight- or branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It is preferably “C.sub.1-4 alkyl”. The “C.sub.1-6 alkyl” includes, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 1-ethylpropyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, and 2-ethylbutyl.
[0422] The “C.sub.1-10 alkyl” means a straight- or branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. It is preferably “C.sub.1-6 alkyl”. The “C.sub.1-10 alkyl” includes, for example, heptyl, 2-methyl-3,3-dimethylbutyl, octyl, 2,4-dimethylhexyl, nonyl, decyl, and 4-ethyl-2-methylheptyl, besides the examples listed in the said “C.sub.1-6 alkyl”.
[0423] The “C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl” means a carbonyl group substituted with the above “C.sub.1-6 alkyl”. It is preferably “C.sub.2-4 alkylcarbonyl”. The “C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl” includes, for example, methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl, normal-propylcarbonyl, and isopropylcarbonyl.
[0424] The “C.sub.1-6 alkoxy” means oxy group substituted with the above-mentioned “C.sub.1-6 alkyl”, and the “C.sub.1-6 alkyl” part in “C.sub.1-6 alkoxy” is as defined in the above-mentioned “C.sub.1-6 alkyl”. It is preferably “C.sub.1-4 alkoxy”. The “C.sub.1-6 alkoxy” includes, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, and tert-butoxy.
[0425] The “C.sub.1-10 alkoxy” means oxy group substituted with the above-mentioned “C.sub.1-10 alkyl”, and the “C.sub.1-10 alkyl” part in “C.sub.1-10 alkoxy” is as defined in the above-mentioned “C.sub.1-10 alkyl”. It is preferably “C.sub.1-6 alkoxy”. The “C.sub.1-10 alkoxy” includes, for example, heptyloxy, 2-methyl-3,3-dimethylbutoxy, octyloxy, 2,4-dimethylhexyloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, and 4-ethyl-2-methylheptyloxy, besides the examples listed in the said “C.sub.1-6 alkoxy”.
[0426] The “C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl” means carbonyl group substituted with the above-mentioned “C.sub.1-6 alkoxy”. It is preferably “C.sub.2-5 alkoxycarbonyl”. The “C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl” includes, for example, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, sec-butoxycarbonyl, and tert-butoxycarbonyl.
[0427] The “C.sub.2-10 alkenyl” means a straight- or branched-chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon-carbon double bonds and 2 to 10 carbon atoms. It is preferably “C.sub.2-6 alkenyl”. The “C.sub.2-6 alkenyl” includes, for example, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl.
[0428] The “C.sub.2-10 alkynyl” means a straight- or branched-chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon-carbon triple bonds and 2 to 10 carbon atoms. It is preferably “C.sub.2-6 alkynyl”. The “C.sub.2-10 alkynyl” includes, for example, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl.
[0429] The “C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl” means cyclic saturated or partially-unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, which may have a bridged structure or a spiro structure. The “C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl” includes preferably “C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl”. The “C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl” includes, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. The “C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl” includes, for example, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, and adamanthyl, besides the examples listed in the said “C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl”.
[0430] The “saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl” means a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic or polycyclic saturated or partially-unsaturated hydrocarbon group. It is preferably “saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.5-7 carbocyclyl”. The “saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl” includes, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentenyl, and cyclohexenyl.
[0431] The “saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl” means a 4- to 12-membered monocyclic or polycyclic saturated or partially-unsaturated hydrocarbon group. It is preferably “saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-6 carbocyclyl”. The “saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl” includes, for example, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl, and cyclododecyl, besides those listed as examples of the above “saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl”.
[0432] The above “saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl” also includes fused or bridged, saturated or partially-unsaturated bicyclic groups and saturated or partially-unsaturated spiro groups. Examples thereof include groups of the following formulae:
##STR00031## ##STR00032##
[0433] The term “5- or 6-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclyl” means a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic saturated or partially-unsaturated hydrocarbon group. The “5- or 6-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclyl” includes, for example, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentenyl, and cyclohexenyl.
[0434] The “5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocycle” means a monocyclic or bicyclic saturated or partially-unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, and includes structures having partially-unsaturated bond(s), structures having fused ring(s), structures having bridged structure(s), and structures forming spiro ring(s). The “5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocycle” includes, for example, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, cyclopentene, cyclohexene, cycloheptene, cyclohexadiene, and cycloheptadiene.
[0435] The term “3- to 6-membered saturated carbocyclic ring” means a saturated hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and also includes structures forming spiro ring(s). The “3- to 6-membered saturated carbocyclic ring” includes, for example, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, and cyclohexane.
[0436] The “5- or 6-membered heteroaryl” means a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl which comprises the same or different one or more (for example, 1 to 4) heteroatoms selected from nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, and oxygen atom, and which may be optionally substituted with oxo. The “5- or 6-membered heteroaryl” include groups of the following formulae:
##STR00033##
[0437] It is preferably imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, or pyridazinyl; and it is more preferably imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, or pyridazinyl.
[0438] The “C.sub.6-10 aryl” means aromatic hydrocarboncyclyl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The “C.sub.6-10 aryl” includes, for example, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, and 2-naphthyl. It includes preferably phenyl.
[0439] The “C.sub.6-10 aryl” also encompasses bicyclic compounds, i.e., C.sub.6-10 aryl fused with C.sub.4-6 cycloalkyl or 5- or 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl. The bicyclic “C.sub.6-10 aryl” includes, for example, the following groups:
##STR00034##
[0440] The “C.sub.6-10 aryloxy” means oxy group substituted with the above-mentioned “C.sub.6-10 aryl”. The “C.sub.6-10 aryl” includes, for example, phenyloxy and naphthyloxy, and preferably phenyloxy.
[0441] The term “5- to 10-membered heteroaryl” includes, for example, a 5- to 10-membered monocyclic or 9- or 10-membered bicyclic aromatic heterocyclyl. The “5- to 10-membered heteroaryl” group comprises the same or different one or more (for example, 1 to 4) heteroatoms selected from nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, and oxygen atom, and may be optionally substituted with oxo. The bicyclic heteroaryl group also includes fused structures of the above monocyclic heteroaryl with an aromatic ring (such as benzene and pyridine) or a non-aromatic ring (such as cyclohexane and piperidine). The “5- to 10-membered heteroaryl” includes, for example, groups of the following formulae:
##STR00035##
[0442] The “5- to 10-membered heteroarylene” means a divalent group of the “5- to 10-membered heteroaryl”, which has the same or different one or more (for example, 1 to 4) heteroatom and may be optionally substituted with oxo. In case of 9- or 10-membered bicyclic aromatic heterocyclyl, the bond may be attached to either ring if it is substitutable. The “5- to 10-membered heteroarylene” includes, for example, groups of the following formulae:
##STR00036## ##STR00037##
[0443] The “5- to 10-membered heteroaryloxy” means an oxy group substituted with the above “5- to 10-membered heteroaryl”. The “5- to 10-membered heteroaryloxy” includes, for example, pyridyloxy, imidazolyloxy, and furyloxy, and preferably pyridyloxy.
[0444] In the present specification, a bond across a ring means that a “group” having the bond is attached at a substitutable position of the ring. For example, a heteroaryl group of the following formula:
##STR00038##
denotes 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, or 4-pyridyl.
[0445] When a bond crossing a ring is drawn from a fused ring in the present description, the bond may be attached to at any substitutable site of either ring. For example, the heteroaryl of the following formula:
##STR00039##
means any one group of the following groups:
##STR00040##
[0446] The term “4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl” includes, for example, a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic or polycyclic saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl comprising the same or different 1 to 2 atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, and sulfur atom. It is preferably “5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl”. The “5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl” includes, for example, pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuryl, dihydropyrrolyl, dihydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, azepanyl, morpholinyl, and thiomorpholinyl. The “4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl” includes, for example, azetidinyl and oxetanyl, besides those listed as examples of the above “5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl”. Among them, the “4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclyl” includes, for example, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, azepanyl, morpholinyl, and thiomorpholinyl. Each group may be attached to a group via any of carbon atom(s) and nitrogen atom(s) that constitute a ring.
[0447] The term “4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl” includes, for example, a 4- to 12-membered monocyclic or polycyclic saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl comprising the same or different 1 to 3 atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, and sulfur atom. It is preferably a 4- to 10-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl. The “4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl” includes, for example, azocanyl, 1,4-oxazocanyl, 1,5-oxazocanyl, 1,4-diazocanyl, 1,5-diazocanyl, besides those listed as examples of the above “4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl”. Each group may be attached to a group via any of carbon atom(s) and nitrogen atom(s) that constitute a ring.
[0448] The term “4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl” or “4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl” includes a fused or bridged, saturated or partially-unsaturated bicyclic group and a saturated or partially-unsaturated spiro group. The “4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl” includes, for example, groups of the following formulae:
##STR00041##
[0449] The “4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl” includes, for example, groups of the following formulae:
##STR00042## ##STR00043##
[0450] The term “nitrogen-containing saturated ring” means a saturated heterocyclic ring comprising one or more nitrogen atoms as ring components. The “nitrogen-containing saturated ring” includes, for example, azetidine, pyrrolidine, and piperidine.
[0451] The term “9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring” means a bicyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring which consists of 9 or 10 atoms and comprises the same or different 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, and sulfur atom, and which may be optionally substituted with oxo. The oxygen atom (═O) and sulfur atom (═S) of carbonyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, and thiocarbonyl which compose the bicyclic heteroaromatic ring is not counted as ring members (i.e., the ring size) of the 9- or 10-membered ring nor as heteroatom(s) which compose the ring. The “9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring” includes, for example, quinoline, isoquinoline, naphthyridine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, benzooxazole, benzoisooxazole, benzoimidazole, benzooxadiazole, benzothiadiazole, indolizine, benzofuran, indazole, pyrazolopyridine, imidazopyridine, triazolopyridine, imidazopyrimidine, imidazopyridazine, thiazolopyridine, pyrazolopyrimidine, triazolopyridazine, and furopyridine.
[0452] The term “3- to 6-membered saturated heterocyclic ring” means a monocyclic or bicyclic saturated heterocyclic ring which consists of 3 to 6 atoms and comprises the same or different 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, and sulfur atom. The saturated heterocyclic ring may be optionally substituted with oxo, and may comprise 1 or 2 carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfinyl, or sulfonyl groups. The oxygen atom (═O) of carbonyl, sulfinyl, and sulfonyl is not counted as ring members (i.e., the ring size) of the 3- to 6-membered ring or as heteroatom(s) which compose the ring, and the sulfur atom (═S) of thiocarbonyl is not counted as ring members (i.e., the ring size) of the 3- to 6-membered ring or as heteroatom(s) which compose the ring. Preferably, the “3- to 6-membered saturated heterocyclic ring” includes “5- or 6-membered saturated heterocyclic ring”. Examples of the “5- or 6-membered saturated heterocyclic ring” include, but not limited to, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, tetrahydrofuran, and tetrahydropyran. The “3- to 6-membered saturated heterocyclic ring” includes, for example, aziridine and azetidine, besides those listed as examples of the above “5- or 6-membered saturated heterocyclic ring”. Among them, the “6-membered saturated heterocyclic ring” includes, for example, piperidine, morpholine, and tetrahydropyran.
[0453] The “4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyloxy” means an oxy group substituted with the above “4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl”.
[0454] Examples of the group of formula (2c) comprising a 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring which is formed by taking R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 together with the carbon atoms to which they attach, include groups of the following formulae:
##STR00044## ##STR00045## ##STR00046##
[0455] Examples of the group of formula (3) comprising a 3- to 6-membered saturated carbocyclic ring or 3- to 6-membered saturated heterocyclic ring which is formed by taking R.sup.a and R.sup.b together with the carbon atoms to which they attach, include groups of the following formulae:
##STR00047## ##STR00048## ##STR00049## ##STR00050##
[0456] Examples of the group of formula (2a) or (2b) comprising a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring include groups of the following formulae:
##STR00051## ##STR00052## ##STR00053## ##STR00054##
[0457] Among the present compounds of formula (1), specific embodiments of Ring Cy, R.sup.1a, R.sup.2a, Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, Y.sup.3, R.sup.1b, R.sup.2b, M.sup.1, and M.sup.2 are shown below, but the technical scope of the present invention shall not be limited to the scope of the following exemplary embodiments. The specific embodiments shown below may be optionally combined with each other as long as they do not contradict.
[0458] Ring Cy includes preferably 5- or 6-membered heteroarylene and 9- or 10-membered heteroarylene, more preferably a group of formula (a) or formula (b). An embodiment of Ring Cy includes 5- or 6-membered heteroarylene, and another embodiment thereof includes 9- or 10-membered heteroarylene. And, another embodiment of Ring Cy includes a group of formula (a), and further another embodiment includes a group of formula (b).
[0459] R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a preferably include, independently,
[0460] (1) hydrogen atom,
[0461] (2) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0462] (3) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0463] (4) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl.
[0464] Another preferred embodiment of R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a includes the case when they are taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbon ring.
[0465] Preferably, Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3 include, independently N and CR.sup.2b. More preferably, Y.sup.1 is N, and Y.sup.2 and Y.sup.3 are independently N or CR.sup.2b. In another embodiment, Y.sup.1 is N, and Y.sup.2 and Y.sup.3 are CR.sup.2b. In further another embodiment, Y.sup.1 and Y.sup.2 are N, and Y.sup.3 is CR.sup.2b. In another embodiment, Y.sup.1 and Y.sup.3 is N, and Y.sup.2 is CR.sup.2b. In further another embodiment, Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3 are CR.sup.2b. In further another embodiment, Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3 are N.
[0466] Preferably, R.sup.1b includes hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, more preferably hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl. More preferably, R.sup.1b includes hydrogen atom, halogen atom, and C.sub.1-3 alkyl, especially preferably hydrogen atom and halogen atom, the most preferably hydrogen atom.
[0467] Preferably, R.sup.2b includes hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, more preferably hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl. More preferably, R.sup.2b includes hydrogen atom, halogen atom, and C.sub.1-3 alkyl, especially preferably hydrogen atom and halogen atom, the most preferably hydrogen atom.
[0468] Preferably, M.sup.1 includes
(1) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
(2) 4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and
(3) —NR.sup.eR.sup.f, wherein R.sup.e and R.sup.f are independently
[0469] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0470] (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
[0471] (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0472] (d) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0473] (e) C.sub.6-10 aryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0474] (f) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
[0475] More preferably, M.sup.1 includes
(1) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-2 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
(2) 4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, and
(3) —NR.sup.eR.sup.f, wherein R.sup.e and R.sup.f are independently
[0476] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0477] (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
[0478] (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, or
[0479] (d) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl.
[0480] An embodiment of M.sup.1 includes a group of the following formula (3′):
##STR00055##
wherein
[0481] X.sup.16 is N, C, or CH,
[0482] the bond having a broken line is a single bond or a double bond,
[0483] m is 0, 1, 2, or 3,
[0484] R.sup.a, R.sup.b, R.sup.c, and R.sup.d are independently
[0485] (1-1) hydrogen atom,
[0486] (1-2) halogen atom,
[0487] (1-3) hydroxy,
[0488] (1-4) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0489] (1-5) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0490] (1-6) amino-carbonyl which may be substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
[0491] wherein R.sup.a and R.sup.b may be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form
[0492] (2-1) 3- to 6-membered saturated carbocyclyl, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of
[0493] (a) halogen atom,
[0494] (b) hydroxy,
[0495] (c) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and
[0496] (d) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0497] (2-2) 3- to 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of the above (a)-(d) in (2-1).
[0498] Another embodiment of M.sup.1 includes a group of formula (3′) wherein X.sup.16 is C or N; m is 1 or 2; R.sup.a and R.sup.b are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, or C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; and R.sup.c and R.sup.d are hydrogen atom.
[0499] Another embodiment of M.sup.1 includes a group of following formula (3a):
##STR00056##
wherein
[0500] m is 0, 1, 2, or 3,
[0501] R.sup.a, R.sup.b, R.sup.c, and R.sup.d are independently (1-1) hydrogen atom,
[0502] (1-2) halogen atom,
[0503] (1-3) hydroxy,
[0504] (1-4) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0505] (1-5) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0506] (1-6) amino-carbonyl which may be substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
[0507] wherein R.sup.a and R.sup.b may be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form
[0508] (2-1) 3- to 6-membered saturated carbocyclyl, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of
[0509] (a) halogen atom,
[0510] (b) hydroxy,
[0511] (c) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and
[0512] (d) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0513] (2-2) 3- to 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of the above (a)-(d) in (2-1)
[0514] Another embodiment of M.sup.1 includes a group of formula (3b):
##STR00057##
wherein
[0515] m is 0, 1, 2, or 3,
[0516] R.sup.a, R.sup.b, R.sup.c, and R.sup.d are independently
[0517] (1-1) hydrogen atom,
[0518] (1-2) halogen atom,
[0519] (1-3) hydroxy,
[0520] (1-4) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0521] (1-5) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0522] (1-6) amino-carbonyl which may be substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
[0523] wherein R.sup.a and R.sup.b may be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form
[0524] (2-1) 3- to 6-membered saturated carbocyclyl, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of
[0525] (a) halogen atom,
[0526] (b) hydroxy,
[0527] (c) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and
[0528] (d) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0529] (2-2) 3- to 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of the above (a)-(d) in (2-1).
[0530] Another embodiment of M.sup.1 includes a group of formula (3c):
##STR00058##
[0531] m is 0, 1, 2, or 3,
[0532] R.sup.a, R.sup.b, R.sup.c, and R.sup.d are independently
[0533] (1-1) hydrogen atom,
[0534] (1-2) halogen atom,
[0535] (1-3) hydroxy,
[0536] (1-4) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0537] (1-5) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0538] (1-6) amino-carbonyl which may be substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
[0539] wherein R.sup.a and R.sup.b may be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form
[0540] (2-1) 3- to 6-membered saturated carbocyclyl, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of
[0541] (a) halogen atom,
[0542] (b) hydroxy,
[0543] (c) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and
[0544] (d) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0545] (2-2) 3- to 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of the above (a)-(d) in (2-1).
[0546] Further embodiment of M.sup.1 includes —NR.sup.eR.sup.f, wherein R.sup.e and R.sup.f are independently
[0547] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0548] (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
[0549] (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0550] (d) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0551] (e) C.sub.6-10 aryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0552] (f) 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
[0553] Another preferred embodiment of M.sup.1 includes a group of the following formula (3a-1), (3a-2), (3a-3), (3a-4), (3a-5), (3a-6), (3b-1), (3b-2), (3b-3), (3b-4), (3c-1), (3c-2), (3c-3), (3c-4), (3c-5), (3c-6), (3c-7), (3d-1), (3d-2), (3d-3), (3d-4), (3d-5), (3d-6), (3d-7), (3d-8), (3d-9), (3d-10), (3d-11), (3d-12). (3d-13), or (3d-14):
##STR00059## ##STR00060## ##STR00061## ##STR00062##
[0554] Further preferably, it includes a group of formula (3a-1), (3a-2), (3a-3), (3a-4), (3c-2), (3c-3), (3c-4), (3d-1), (3d-2), (3d-3), (3d-4), (3d-5), (3d-6), or (3d-7).
[0555] Preferably, M.sup.2 includes any group of
(1) the following formulae (2a-1)-(2a-23) and (2b-1)-(2b-11):
##STR00063## ##STR00064## ##STR00065## ##STR00066## ##STR00067##
wherein
[0556] X.sup.1a and X.sup.1b are independently N or CR.sup.3,
[0557] R.sup.3 is
[0558] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0559] (b) halogen atom,
[0560] (c) cyano,
[0561] (d) hydroxy,
[0562] (e) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0563] (f) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0564] (g) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0565] (h) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl,
[0566] (i) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0567] (j) saturated 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0568] (k) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring,
[0569] provided that when there are plural R.sup.3, each R.sup.3 may be the same or different,
[0570] R.sup.4 is
[0571] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0572] (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0573] (c) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0574] (2) the following formula (2c′):
##STR00068##
wherein
[0575] R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are independently
[0576] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0577] (b) halogen atom,
[0578] (c) cyano,
[0579] (d) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl,
[0580] (e) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0581] (f) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0582] (g) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.Y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, or
[0583] R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, oxo, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl, and
[0584] the substitutable carbon atom on the ring of formula (2c′) may have one fluorine atom as a substituent, or
(3) the following formula (2d), (2f), (2g), or (2h):
##STR00069##
wherein
[0585] R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently
[0586] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0587] (b) halogen atom,
[0588] (c) cyano,
[0589] (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom; hydroxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with hydroxy or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl; and amino (which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy),
[0590] (e) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0591] (f) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0592] (g) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl,
[0593] (h) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl; C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and oxo,
[0594] (i) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyloxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0595] (j) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring,
[0596] (k) —C(O)OR.sup.z, wherein R.sup.z is C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
[0597] (l) ethenyl which may be substituted with one 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl,
wherein R.sup.8 and R.sup.9 may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and
[0598] the substitutable carbon atom on the ring of formula (2d), (2f), (2g), or (2h) may have one fluorine atom as a substituent.
[0599] An embodiment of M.sup.2 includes a group of the following formula (2a′) or (2b′):
##STR00070##
[0600] X.sup.2, X.sup.5, X.sup.6, X.sup.7, and X.sup.8 are independently N, CR.sup.21, or O,
[0601] A.sup.1 and A.sup.2 are independently N or C,
wherein X.sup.2, X.sup.5, X.sup.6, X.sup.7, X.sup.8, A.sup.1, and A.sup.2 are chosen so that the ring composed thereof can be 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring, and
[0602] R.sup.21 and R.sup.22 are independently
[0603] (1) hydrogen atom,
[0604] (2) halogen atom,
[0605] (3) cyano,
[0606] (4) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0607] (5) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0608] (6) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0609] (7) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl.
[0610] Another embodiment of M.sup.2 includes a group of any one of the following formulae (2a-1)-(2a-23) and (2b-1)-(2b-11):
##STR00071## ##STR00072## ##STR00073## ##STR00074## ##STR00075##
wherein
[0611] X.sup.1a and X.sup.1b are independently N or CR.sup.3,
[0612] R.sup.3 is
[0613] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0614] (b) halogen atom,
[0615] (c) cyano,
[0616] (d) hydroxy,
[0617] (e) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0618] (f) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0619] (g) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0620] (h) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms, saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl,
[0621] (i) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0622] (j) 5- or 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0623] (k) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring,
[0624] provided that when there are plural R.sup.3, each R.sup.3 may be the same or different, and
[0625] R.sup.4 is
[0626] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0627] (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0628] (c) saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
[0629] Another embodiment of M.sup.2 includes a group of the following formula (2c′):
##STR00076##
wherein
[0630] R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are independently
[0631] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0632] (b) halogen atom,
[0633] (c) cyano,
[0634] (d) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl,
[0635] (e) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0636] (f) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, or
[0637] (g) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, or
[0638] R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, oxo, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl, and
[0639] the substitutable carbon atom on the ring of formula (2c′) may have one fluorine atom as a substituent.
[0640] Another embodiment of M.sup.2 includes a group of the following formula (2d), (2f), (2g), or (2h):
##STR00077##
wherein
[0641] R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently
[0642] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0643] (b) halogen atom,
[0644] (c) cyano,
[0645] (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom; hydroxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with hydroxy or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl; and amino (which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy),
[0646] (e) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0647] (f) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0648] (g) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl,
[0649] (h) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl; C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and oxo,
[0650] (i) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyloxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0651] (j) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring,
[0652] (k) —C(O)OR.sup.z, wherein R.sup.z is C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
[0653] (l) ethenyl which may be substituted with one 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl,
wherein R.sup.8 and R.sup.9 may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and
[0654] the substitutable carbon atom on the ring of formula (2d), (2f), (2g), or (2h) may have one fluorine atom as a substituent.
[0655] Further embodiment of M.sup.2 includes a group of the following formula (2k′):
##STR00078##
wherein
[0656] R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently
[0657] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0658] (b) halogen atom,
[0659] (c) cyano,
[0660] (d) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom; hydroxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with hydroxy or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkyl; and amino (which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy),
[0661] (e) C.sub.1-6 alkoxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0662] (f) amino which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with halogen atom; saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; and C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
[0663] (g) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, and C.sub.2-7 alkoxycarbonyl,
[0664] (h) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl; C.sub.2-7 alkylcarbonyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; and oxo,
[0665] (i) 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyloxy which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0666] (j) —C(O)NR.sup.xR.sup.y, wherein R.sup.x and R.sup.y are independently hydrogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl; or R.sup.x and R.sup.y may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring,
[0667] (k) —C(O)OR.sup.z, wherein R.sup.z is C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
[0668] (l) ethenyl which may be substituted with one 6-membered saturated heterocyclyl, or
wherein R.sup.8 and R.sup.9 may be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form 5- to 7-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring, wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl.
[0669] In an embodiment, the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (A).
(A)
[0670] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0671] Ring Cy is a group of formula (a),
[0672] R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, methyl, or methoxy,
[0673] M.sup.1 is saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.412 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0674] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2a-1), (2a-2), (2a-12), (2a-20), (2a-21), (2b-3), (2b-4), (2b-7), or (2b-10),
[0675] X.sup.1a and X.sup.1b are independently N or CR.sup.3, and
[0676] R.sup.3 is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, provided that when there are plural R.sup.3, each R.sup.3 may be the same or different.
[0677] Another embodiment of the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (B):
(B)
[0678] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0679] Ring Cy is a group of formula (a),
[0680] R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, methyl, or methoxy,
[0681] M.sup.1 is 4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0682] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2a-1), (2a-2), (2a-12), (2a-20), (2a-21), (2b-3), (2b-4), (2b-7), or (2b-10),
[0683] X.sup.1a and X.sup.1b are independently N or CR.sup.3, and
[0684] R.sup.3 is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, provided that when there are plural R.sup.3, each R.sup.3 may be the same or different.
[0685] Another embodiment of the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (C):
(C)
[0686] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0687] Ring Cy is a group of formula (a),
[0688] R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, methyl, or methoxy,
[0689] M.sup.1 is —NR.sup.eR.sup.f,
[0690] R.sup.e and R.sup.f are independently
[0691] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0692] (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
[0693] (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, or
[0694] (d) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0695] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2a-1), (2a-2), (2a-12), (2a-20), (2a-21), (2b-3), (2b-4), (2b-7), or (2b-10),
[0696] X.sup.1a and X.sup.1b are independently N or CR.sup.3, and
[0697] R.sup.3 is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, provided that when there are plural R.sup.3, each R.sup.3 may be the same or different.
[0698] Another embodiment of the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (D):
(D)
[0699] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0700] Ring Cy is a group of formula (a),
[0701] R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, methyl, or methoxy,
[0702] M.sup.1 is saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0703] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2d) or (2f), and
[0704] R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
[0705] Another embodiment of the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (E):
(E)
[0706] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0707] Ring Cy is a group of formula (a),
[0708] R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, methyl, or methoxy,
[0709] M.sup.1 is 4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0710] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2d) or (2f), and
[0711] R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
[0712] Another embodiment of the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (F):
(F)
[0713] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0714] Ring Cy is a group of formula (a),
[0715] R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, methyl, or methoxy,
[0716] M.sup.1 is —NR.sup.eR.sup.f,
[0717] R.sup.e and R.sup.f are independently
[0718] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0719] (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
[0720] (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, or
[0721] (d) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0722] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2d) or (2f), and
[0723] R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
[0724] Another embodiment of the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (G):
(G)
[0725] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0726] Ring Cy is a group of formula (b),
[0727] Y.sup.2 and Y.sup.3 are independently N or CR.sup.2,
[0728] R.sup.1b is hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0729] R.sup.2b is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, provided that when there are plural R.sup.2b, each R.sup.2b may be the same or different,
[0730] M.sup.1 is saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0731] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2a-1), (2a-2), (2a-12), (2a-20), (2a-21), (2b-3), (2b-4), (2b-7), or (2b-10),
[0732] X.sup.1a and X.sup.1b are independently N or CR.sup.3, and
[0733] R.sup.3 is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, provided that when there are plural R.sup.3, each R.sup.3 may be the same or different.
[0734] Another embodiment of the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (H):
(H)
[0735] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0736] Ring Cy is a group of formula (b),
[0737] Y.sup.2 and Y.sup.3 are independently N or CR.sup.2,
[0738] R.sup.1b is hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0739] R.sup.2b is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, provided that when there are plural R.sup.2b, each R.sup.2b may be the same or different,
[0740] M.sup.1 is 4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0741] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2a-1), (2a-2), (2a-12), (2a-20), (2a-21), (2b-3), (2b-4), (2b-7), or (2b-10),
[0742] X.sup.1a and X.sup.1b are independently N or CR.sup.3, and
[0743] R.sup.3 is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, provided that when there are plural R.sup.3, each R.sup.3 may be the same or different.
[0744] Another embodiment of the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (I):
(I)
[0745] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0746] Ring Cy is a group of formula (b),
[0747] Y.sup.2 and Y.sup.3 are independently N or CR.sup.2,
[0748] R.sup.1b is hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0749] R.sup.2b is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, provided that when there are plural R.sup.2b, each R.sup.2b may be the same or different,
[0750] M.sup.1 is —NR.sup.eR.sup.f,
[0751] R.sup.e and R.sup.f are independently
[0752] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0753] (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
[0754] (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, or
[0755] (d) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0756] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2a-1), (2a-2), (2a-12), (2a-20), (2a-21), (2b-3), (2b-4), (2b-7), or (2b-10),
[0757] X.sup.1a and X.sup.1b are independently N or CR.sup.3, and
[0758] R.sup.3 is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, provided that when there are plural R.sup.3, each R.sup.3 may be the same or different.
[0759] Another embodiment of the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (J):
(J)
[0760] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0761] Ring Cy is a group of formula (b),
[0762] Y.sup.2 and Y.sup.3 are independently N or CR.sup.2,
[0763] R.sup.1b is hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0764] R.sup.2b is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, provided that when there are plural R.sup.2b, each R.sup.2b may be the same or different,
[0765] M.sup.1 is saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0766] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2d) or (2f), and
[0767] R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
[0768] Another embodiment of the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (K):
(K)
[0769] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0770] Ring Cy is a group of formula (b),
[0771] Y.sup.2 and Y.sup.3 are independently N or CR.sup.2,
[0772] R.sup.1b is hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0773] R.sup.2b is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, provided that when there are plural R.sup.2b, each R.sup.2b may be the same or different,
[0774] M.sup.1 is 4- to 12-membered saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom and C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
[0775] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2d) or (2f), and
[0776] R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
[0777] Another embodiment of the present compound of formula (1) includes the following (L):
(L)
[0778] A compound of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
[0779] Ring Cy is a group of formula (b),
[0780] Y.sup.2 and Y.sup.3 are independently N or CR.sup.2,
[0781] R.sup.1b is hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0782] R.sup.2b is independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, provided that when there are plural R.sup.2b, each R.sup.2b may be the same or different,
[0783] M.sup.1 is —NR.sup.eR.sup.f, wherein R.sup.e and R.sup.f are independently
[0784] (a) hydrogen atom,
[0785] (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
[0786] (c) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl, or
[0787] (d) C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl,
[0788] M.sup.2 is a group of formula (2d) or (2f), and
[0789] R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.11 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 alkoxy.
[0790] The “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” includes acid addition salts, base addition salts, and amino acid salts. For example, the acid addition salt includes inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, hydroiodide, nitrate, and phosphate; or organic acid salts such as citrate, oxalate, phthalate, fumarate, maleate, succinate, malate, acetate, formate, propionate, benzoate, trifluoroacetate, methanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and camphorsulfonate. The base addition salt includes inorganic base salts such as sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, barium salts, and aluminum salts; and organic base salts such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline, 2,6-lutidine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine[tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine], tert-butylamine, cyclohexylamine, dicyclohexylamine, and N,N-dibenzylethylamine. The amino acid salt includes amino acid salts of basic or acidic amino acids such as arginine, lysine, ornithine, aspartate, and glutamate.
[0791] In addition, the present compound (1) encompasses any crystalline forms thereof.
[0792] A compound of Formula (1) may have at least one asymmetric carbon atom. Thus, the present compound encompasses racemates of a compound of Formula (1), as well as optical isomers thereof. A compound of Formula (1) encompasses deuterated compounds in which any one or more 1H in the compound are replaced with .sup.2H (D).
[0793] Some compounds of formula (1) may have isomers including tautomers such as keto-enol forms, regioisomers, geometric isomers, or optical isomers. All possible isomers including them, and mixtures of such isomers in any ratio, are also encompassed in the present invention. And, the compound of formula (1) may exist in a form of hydrate or solvate (e.g., ethanolate) with various types of solvents such as water and ethanol, and such hydrates and solvents are also encompassed in the present invention.
[0794] Hereinafter, methods for preparing a compound of Formula (1) in the present invention are exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to such examples.
Preparation
[0795] The present compound (1) may be prepared by the following processes and methods which are combined with common synthetic methods.
[0796] Compounds in the reaction schemes include ones in the salt form, and such salts include, for example, what are described in the above “pharmaceutically acceptable salt”. It should be noted that these reactions are merely illustrative, and other methods may be optionally applied for preparing the present compound based on the knowledge of a person skilled in synthetic organic chemistry.
[0797] In each of the preparation process described below, when there is a functional group that needs protection, the functional group may be protected as necessary and deprotected after the completion of a reaction or a series of reactions to afford a targeted product, even if the use of the protective group is not specifically indicated.
[0798] The protective groups used herein include common protective groups, which include, for example, the protective groups described in the literatures (T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, inc., New York (1999) etc.). More specifically, protective groups for amino group include, for example, tert-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, o-nitrobenzenesulfonyl, and tetrahydropyranyl. Protective groups for hydroxy group include, for example, trialkylsilyl, acetyl, benzyl, tetrahydropyranyl, and methoxymethyl. Protective groups for aldehyde group include, for example, dialkylacetal and cyclic alkylacetal. Protective groups for carboxyl group include, for example, tert-butyl ester, orthoester, and amide.
[0799] The introduction and deprotection of protective groups can be done by methods commonly used in organic synthetic chemistry (for example, the methods described in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, inc., New York (1999) etc.) or corresponding methods thereof.
[0800] A compound of Formula (1) is prepared by forming bonds at the positions of a, b, and c:
##STR00079##
wherein ring Cy, M.sup.1, and M.sup.2 are as defined in the above (Item 5).
[0801] Processes for forming bonds at the positions a, b, and c are illustrated in the following Preparations, but the sequence of forming bonds may be optionally modified.
[0802] The present compound wherein Ring Cy is a group of formula (a) may be prepared in the manners of Preparations 1a-5a.
Preparation 1a
[0803] Among compounds of Formula (1), a compound of formula (1a) is prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00080##
wherein R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are the same as those defined in the above (Item 6); M.sup.1 and M.sup.2 are the same as those defined in the above (Item 5); R is C.sub.1-6 alkyl; and LG is a leaving group (for example, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, and substituted sulfonyl (such as methanesulfonyl and p-toluenesulfonyl)).
Step 1a-1: Preparation Step of Compound (1a)
[0804] A compound of Formula (1a) is prepared by reacting Compound (1a-1) with Compound (1a-2) in the presence of a base in an appropriate inert solvent. As Compound (1a-1), a product synthesized in Preparation 4a or 5a described below, or a commercial product may be used. As Compound (1a-2), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
[0805] Examples of the base used herein include inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, dipotassium phosphate, potassium phosphate, disodium phosphate, sodium phosphate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and sodium hydride; metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide and potassium tert-butoxide; and organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, and pyridine.
[0806] Examples of the inert solvent used herein include aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, acetone, and methyl ethyl ketone; ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and 1,4-dioxane; halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chloroform and dichloromethane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; and mixed solvents thereof.
[0807] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of −10° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 0° C. to 40° C. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 48 hours, but it depends on conditions including reaction temperature, materials, and solvents which are used.
Step 1a-2: Preparation Step of Compound (1a-4)
[0808] Compound (1a-4) is prepared by reacting Compound (1a-1) with Compound (1a-3) according to the method described in Step 1a-1. As Compound (1a-3), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
Step 1a-3: Preparation Step of Compound (1a-5)
[0809] Compound (1a-5) is prepared by hydrolyzing Compound (1a-4) by common methods (for example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3.sup.rd Edition (John Wiley & Sons, Inc.), Comprehensive Organic Transformation, R. C. Laroque et al, VCH publisher Inc., 1989 etc.) or corresponding methods thereof.
Step 1a-4: Preparation Step of Compound (1a)
[0810] A compound of formula (1a) is also prepared by reacting Compound (1a-5) with Compound (1a-6) in the presence or absence of a base in an appropriate inert solvent using a condensing agent. As Compound (1-6), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
[0811] Examples of the condensing agent include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIPC), 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide (WSC), benzotriazol-1-yl-tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP), diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), N,N-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI), benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), and 7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU). If necessary, additives such as N-hydroxysuccinimide (HOSu), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt), and 3-hydroxy-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-1,2,3-benzotriazine (HOOBt) may be added to the reaction.
[0812] Examples of the base used herein include organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, and pyridine; inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, dipotassium phosphate, potassium phosphate, disodium phosphate, sodium phosphate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and sodium hydride; and metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide and potassium tert-butoxide.
[0813] Examples of the inert solvent used herein include aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, acetone, and methyl ethyl ketone; ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and 1,4-dioxane; halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chloroform and dichloromethane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; and mixed solvents thereof.
[0814] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range from −10° C. to 200° C., preferably the range from 0° C. to 40° C. Reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 48 hours, but it depends on conditions including reaction temperature, materials, and solvents which are used.
[0815] The present step can also be proceeded, for example, by activating a carbonyl group with an acid anhydride, a mixed acid anhydride, or an acid halide, and then reacting with Compound (1a-6).
Preparation 2a
[0816] Among compounds of Formula (1), a compound of formula (2a-4) is prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00081##
wherein R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are the same as those defined in the above (Item 6); and M.sup.2 is the same as those defined in the above (Item 5); LG is a leaving group (for example, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, and substituted sulfonyl (such as methanesulfonyl and p-toluenesulfonyl)); R.sup.g and R.sup.h are each independently the same as the definition of R.sup.e or R.sup.f defined in the above (Item 5); or alternatively, R.sup.g and R.sup.h may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach to form an optionally-substituted 4- to 12-membered saturated heterocyclic ring.
Step 2a-1: Preparation Step of Compound (2a-2)
[0817] Compound (2a-2) is prepared from Compound (2a-1) and Compound (1a-2) according to the method described in Step 1a-1. For Compound (2a-1), a product synthesized by common methods (for example, those described in Tetrahedron, 2015, 71, 4859, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2015, 25, 1030, etc.) or corresponding methods thereof, or a commercial product may be used.
Step 2a-2: Preparation Step of Compound (2a-4)
[0818] Compound (2a-4) can be prepared by reacting Compound (2a-2) with Compound (2a-3) in the presence of a base in an appropriate inert solvent. As Compound (2a-3), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
[0819] Examples of the base used herein include organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, and pyridine; inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, dipotassium hydrogen phosphate, potassium phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and sodium hydride; and metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide and potassium tert-butoxide.
[0820] Examples of the inert solvent used herein include aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, acetone, and methyl ethyl ketone; halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chloroform and dichloromethane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; and mixed solvents thereof.
[0821] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of 20° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 50° C. to 170° C. The present step may be conducted under microwave irradiation, if necessary. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 48 hours, but it depends on conditions including reaction temperature, materials, and solvents which are used.
Preparation 3a
[0822] Among compounds of Formula (1), compounds of formulae (3a-2) and (3a-3) are prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00082##
wherein R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are the same as those described in the above (Item 6); M.sup.2 is the same as those described in the above (Item 5); LG is a leaving group (for example, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, and substituted sulfonyl (such as methanesulfonyl and p-toluenesulfonyl)); A is boronic acid, boronate, BF.sub.3K, or BF.sub.3Na; Q.sup.2 is optionally-substituted 4- to 12-membered partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl or saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl; and Q.sup.3 is optionally-substituted saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl, or optionally-substituted 4- to 12-membered saturated heterocyclyl.
Step 3a-1: Preparation Step of Compound (3a-2)
[0823] Compound (3a-2) is prepared by reacting Compound (2a-2) with Compound (3a-1) in the presence of a palladium catalyst, a phosphine ligand, and a base in an appropriate inert solvent. As Compound (3a-1), a commercial product, or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods may be used.
[0824] Examples of the palladium catalyst herein include tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium(0), palladium(0) acetate, [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride, and bis(di-tert-butyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II).
[0825] Phosphine ligands include, for example, o-tolylphosphine, 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl (S-Phos), 2-(dicyclohexylphosphino)-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (X-Phos), 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (DPPF), 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane (DPPE), 1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane (DPPP), 1,4-bis(diphenylphosphino)butane (DPPB), 2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl (BINAP), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (XANT-Phos), and bis(2-(diphenylphosphino)phenyl) ether (DPE-Phos).
[0826] Examples of the base used herein include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide.
[0827] Examples of the inert solvent used herein include 1,4-dioxane, THF, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, water, and mixed solvents thereof.
[0828] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of 50° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 80° C. to 150° C. The present step can be conducted under microwave irradiation, if necessary. Reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 48 hours.
Step 3a-2: Preparation Step of Compound (3a-3)
[0829] Compound (3a-3) is prepared by catalytic reduction of Compound (3a-2) with a metal catalyst in an appropriate inert solvent under hydrogen atmosphere.
[0830] Examples of the metal catalyst used herein include palladium/carbon, palladium hydroxide/carbon, Raney nickel, platinum oxide/carbon, and rhodium/carbon. The amount of a metal catalyst is usually 0.1% to 1000% by weight to Compound (3a-2), and preferably 1% to 100% by weight.
[0831] Examples of the inert solvent used herein include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; and esters such as ethyl acetate.
[0832] The hydrogen pressure is usually 1 to 100 atm, and preferably 1 to 5 atm.
[0833] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of 0° C. to 120° C., preferably the range of 20° C. to 80° C. Reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 72 hours.
Preparation 4a
[0834] Among compounds of formula (1a-1), a compound of formula (4a-3) is prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00083##
wherein R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are the same as those defined in the above (Item 6); LG.sup.1 and LG.sup.2 are each independently a leaving group (for example, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, and substituted sulfonyl (such as methanesulfonyl and p-toluenesulfonyl)); R.sup.g and R.sup.h are each independently the same as the definition of R.sup.e or R.sup.f defined in the above (Item 5); or alternatively, R.sup.g and R.sup.h may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach to form an optionally-substituted 4- to 12-membered saturated heterocyclic ring.
Step 4a-1: Preparation Step of Compound (4a-2)
[0835] Compound (4a-2) is prepared from Compound (4a-1) and Compound (2a-3) according to the method described in Step 2a-2. As Compound (4a-1) and Compound (2a-3), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods (for example, WO 2004/006922, ACS Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2012, 3, 903. etc.) or corresponding methods thereof may be used. The amount of Compound (2a-3) used herein is usually 1.0 equivalent to 1.5 equivalent, and preferably 1.05 equivalent to 1.2 equivalent, to the amount of Compound (4a-2).
Step 4a-2: Preparation Step of Compound (4a-3)
[0836] Compound (4a-3) is prepared from Compound (4a-2) according to common methods (for example, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2013, 23, 2007., WO 2012/114268, etc.) or corresponding methods thereof.
Preparation 5a
[0837] Among compounds of Formula (1a-1), a compound of formula (5a-4) is prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00084##
wherein R.sup.1a and R.sup.2a are the same as those defined in the above (Item 6); Q.sup.3 is optionally-substituted saturated or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl or optionally-substituted 4- to 12-membered saturated heterocyclyl; G is a metallic species such as magnesium and zinc; and X is halogen atom.
Step 5a-1: Preparation Step of Compound (5a-3)
[0838] Compound (5a-3) is prepared by reacting Compound (5a-1) with a organometallic compound (5a-2) such as Grignard reagent according to a known method (for example, Organic Letters, 2015, 17, 5517., Organic & Biomolecular Chemistry, 2014, 12, 2049. etc.). As Compound (5a-1) and Compound (5a-2), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods (for example, Organic Letters, 2008, 10, 4815., Journal of Organic Chemistry, 2015, 80, 12182., etc.) or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
Step 5a-2: Preparation Step of Compound (5a-4)
[0839] Compound (5a-4) is prepared by reacting Compound (5a-3) with hydrazine according to a known method (for example, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 1993, 36, 4052., WO 2007/020343).
[0840] The present compound wherein Ring Cy is a group of formula (b) may be prepared in the manners of Preparations 1b-6b.
Preparation 1b
[0841] Among compounds of Formula (1), a compound of formula (1b) is prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00085##
wherein M.sup.1 and M.sup.2 are the same as those defined in the above (Item 5); R.sup.1b, Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3 are the same as those defined in the above (Item 6); R is C.sub.1-6 alkyl; X is halogen atom; LG is a leaving group (for example, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, and substituted sulfonyloxy (such as methanesulfonyloxy and p-toluenesulfonyloxy)); and Z is boronic acid, boronate, BF.sub.3K, BF.sub.3Na, trialkyltin, zinc halide, or hydrogen atom.
Step 1b-1: Preparation Step of Compound (1b-3)
[0842] Compound (1b-3) can be prepared by reacting Compound (1b-1) with Compound (1b-2) in the presence of a base in an appropriate inert solvent. As Compound (1b-1), a product synthesized by common methods (for example, US 2005/0277655 A, WO 2018/081091, WO 2017/009798 A) or corresponding methods thereof, or a commercial product may be used. As Compound (1b-2), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
[0843] Examples of the base used herein include inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, dipotassium phosphate, potassium phosphate, disodium phosphate, sodium phosphate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and sodium hydride; metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide and potassium tert-butoxide; and organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, and pyridine.
[0844] Examples of the inert solvent used herein include aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, acetone, and methyl ethyl ketone; ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and 1,4-dioxane; halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chloroform and dichloromethane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; and mixed solvents thereof.
[0845] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of −10° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 0° C. to 40° C. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 48 hours, but it depends on conditions including reaction temperature, materials, and solvents which are used.
Step 1b-2: Preparation Step of Compound (1b-5)
[0846] Among Compound (1b-5), the compound wherein M.sup.1 is optionally-substituted partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl, optionally-substituted 4- to 12-membered partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl, optionally-substituted C.sub.6-10 aryl, optionally-substituted 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or optionally-substituted C.sub.2-10 alkenyl can be prepared by reacting Compound (1b-3) with Compound (1b-4) wherein Z is boronic acid, boronate, BF.sub.3K, BF.sub.3Na, trialkyltin, or zinc halide, in a suitable inert solvent, in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a phosphine ligand, optionally in the presence of a base. As Compound (1b-4), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
[0847] Examples of the palladium catalyst used herein include tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium(0), palladium(0) acetate, [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride, and bis(di-tert-butyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II).
[0848] Phosphine ligands include, for example, o-tolylphosphine, 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl (S-Phos), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (X-Phos), 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (DPPF), 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane (DPPE), 1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane (DPPP), 1,4-bis(diphenylphosphino)butane (DPPB), 2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl (BINAP), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (XANT-Phos), and bis(2-(diphenylphosphino)phenyl) ether (DPE-Phos).
[0849] Examples of the base used herein include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide.
[0850] Examples of the inert solvent include 1,4-dioxane, THF, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, acetonitrile, water, and mixed solvents thereof.
[0851] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of 50° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 80° C. to 150° C. The present step can be conducted under microwave irradiation, if necessary. Reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 48 hours.
[0852] Among Compound (1b-5), the compound wherein M.sup.1 is optionally-substituted C.sub.1-10 alkoxy, optionally-substituted C.sub.6-10 aryloxy, optionally-substituted 5- to 10-membered heteroaryloxy, or —NR.sup.eR.sup.f wherein R.sup.e and R.sup.f are the same as those defined in the above (Item 5) can be prepared by reacting Compound (1b-3) with Compound (1b-4) wherein Z is hydrogen atom, in a suitable inert solvent. Among Compound (1b-5), the compound wherein M.sup.1 is —NR.sup.eR.sup.f wherein R.sup.e and R.sup.f are the same as those defined in the above (Item 5) can be also prepared by reacting Compound (1b-3) with Compound (1b-4) wherein Z is hydrogen atom, in a suitable inert solvent, in the presence of a palladium catalyst, a phosphine ligand, and a base. As Compound (1b-4), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
[0853] Examples of the base used herein include organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, and pyridine; inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, dipotassium phosphate, potassium phosphate, disodium phosphate, sodium phosphate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and sodium hydride; and metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide and potassium tert-butoxide.
[0854] Examples of the inert solvent used herein include aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, acetone, and methyl ethyl ketone; halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chloroform and dichloromethane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; and mixed solvents thereof.
[0855] Examples of the palladium catalyst herein include tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium(0), palladium(0) acetate, [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride, and bis(di-tert-butyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II).
[0856] Phosphine ligands include, for example, o-tolylphosphine, 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl (S-Phos), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (X-Phos), 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (DPPF), 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane (DPPE), 1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane (DPPP), 1,4-bis(diphenylphosphino)butane (DPPB), 2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl (BINAP), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (XANT-Phos), and bis(2-(diphenylphosphino)phenyl) ether (DPE-Phos).
[0857] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of 20° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 50° C. to 170° C. The present step can be conducted under microwave irradiation, if necessary. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 48 hours, but it depends on conditions including reaction temperature, materials, and solvents which are used.
[0858] In addition, the present step may be done by replacing X with another leaving group such as alkyl sulfonyl group, followed by reacting with Compound (1b-4), according to known methods.
Step 1b-3: Preparation Step of Compound (1b-6)
[0859] Compound (1b-6) is prepared by hydrolyzing or hydrogenating Compound (1b-5) according to a known method (for example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3.sup.rd Edition (John Wiley & Sons, Inc.), Comprehensive Organic Transformation, R. C. Laroque et al, VCH publisher Inc., 1989, etc.).
Step 1b-4: Preparation Step of Compound (1b)
[0860] The compound of formula (1b) is prepared by reacting Compound (1b-6) with Compound (1b-7) in the presence or absence of a base in an appropriate inert solvent using a condensing agent. As Compound (1b-7), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
[0861] Examples of the condensing agent include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIPC), 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide (WSC), benzotriazol-1-yl-tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP), diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), N,N-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI), benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), 7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU). If necessary, additives such as N-hydroxysuccinimide (HOSu), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt), and 3-hydroxy-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-1,2,3-benzotriazine (HOOBt) may be added to the reaction.
[0862] Examples of the base used herein include organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine; inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, dipotassium phosphate, potassium phosphate, disodium phosphate, sodium phosphate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and sodium hydride; and metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide and potassium tert-butoxide.
[0863] Examples of the inert solvent herein include aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, acetone, and methyl ethyl ketone; ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and 1,4-dioxane; halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chloroform and dichloromethane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; and mixed solvents thereof.
[0864] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of −10° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 0° C. to 40° C. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 48 hours, but it depends on conditions including reaction temperature, materials, and solvents which are used.
[0865] In addition, the present step may be done by activating the carboxyl group in Compound (1b-6) to transform an acid anhydride, mixed acid anhydride, or acid halide thereof, followed by reacting with Compound (1b-7), according to known methods.
Step 1b-5: Preparation Step of Compound (1b-8)
[0866] Compound (1b-8) is prepared from Compound (1b-3) according to the method described in Step 1b-3.
Step 1b-6: Preparation Step of Compound (1b-9)
[0867] Compound (1b-9) is prepared from Compound (1b-8) and Compound (1b-7) according to the method described in Step 1b-4.
Step 1b-7: Preparation Step of Compound (1b)
[0868] Compound (1b) is prepared from Compound (1b-9) and Compound (1b-4) according to the method described in Step 1b-2.
Preparation 2b
[0869] A compound of formula (1b-3) is prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00086##
wherein R.sup.1b, Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3 are the same as those defined in the above (Item 6); R is C.sub.1-6 alkyl; X is halogen atom; LG is a leaving group (for example, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, and substituted sulfonyloxy (such as methanesulfonyloxy and p-toluenesulfonyloxy)).
Step 2b-1: Preparation Step of Compound (1b-3)
[0870] Compound (1b-3) is prepared by reacting Compound (2b-1) with Compound (2b-2) in a suitable inert solvent.
[0871] Examples of the inert solvent herein include aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, acetone, and methyl ethyl ketone; ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and 1,4-dioxane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tert-butanol, and 1-butanol, and mixed solvents thereof.
[0872] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of −10° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 20° C. to 150° C. The reaction time herein is usually 10 minutes to 48 hours, but it depends on conditions including reaction temperature, materials, and solvents which are used.
Preparation 3b
[0873] A compound of formula (1b-3) is prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00087##
wherein Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3 are the same as those defined in the above (Item 6); R.sup.1b is cyano, optionally-substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or optionally-substituted C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl; R is C.sub.1-6 alkyl; X is halogen atom; X.sup.a is iodine atom or bromine atom; Z is boronic acid, boronate, BF.sub.3K, BF.sub.3Na, or zinc cyanide.
Step 3b-1: Preparation Step of Compound (1b-3)
[0874] Compound (1b-3) is prepared by reacting Compound (3b-1) with Compound (3b-2) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a phosphine ligand, optionally in the presence of a base in a suitable inert solvent. Compound (3b-1) is prepared according to the method described in Step 1b-1. As Compound (3b-2), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
[0875] Examples of the palladium catalyst herein include tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium(0), palladium(0) acetate, [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride, and bis(di-tert-butyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II).
[0876] Phosphine ligands include, for example, o-tolylphosphine, 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl (S-Phos), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (X-Phos), 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (DPPF), 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane (DPPE), 1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane (DPPP), 1,4-bis(diphenylphosphino)butane (DPPB), 2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl (BINAP), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (XANT-Phos), and bis(2-(diphenylphosphino)phenyl) ether (DPE-Phos).
[0877] Examples of the base used herein include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide.
[0878] Examples of the inert solvent used herein include 1,4-dioxane, THF, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, water, and mixed solvents thereof.
[0879] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of 50° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 80° C. to 150° C. The present step can be conducted under microwave irradiation, if necessary. Reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 48 hours.
Preparation 4b
[0880] Among compounds of Formula (1), a compound of formula (4b-2) is prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00088##
wherein M.sup.2 is the same as those defined in the above (Item 5); R.sup.1b, Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3 are the same as those defined in the above (Item 6); Q.sup.1 is optionally-substituted 4- to 12-membered partially-unsaturated heterocyclyl, or partially-unsaturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl; Q.sup.2 is optionally-substituted 4- to 12-membered saturated heterocyclyl, or saturated C.sub.4-12 carbocyclyl.
Step 4b-1: Preparation Step of Compound (4b-2)
[0881] Compound (4b-2) is prepared by catalytic reduction of Compound (4b-1) with a metal catalyst in a suitable inert solvent under hydrogen atmosphere. Compound (4b-1) is prepared, for example, according to the method described in Preparation 1b.
[0882] Examples of the metal catalyst used herein include palladium/carbon, palladium hydroxide/carbon, Raney nickel, platinum oxide/carbon, and rhodium/carbon. The amount of a metal catalyst is usually 0.1% to 1000% by weight to Compound (4-1), and preferably 1% to 100% by weight.
[0883] Examples of the inert solvent used herein include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; esters such as ethyl acetate; and alcohols such as methanol.
[0884] The hydrogen pressure is usually 1 to 100 atm, and preferably 1 to 5 atm. Or, the present process can be done using ammonium formate or other reagents, instead of hydrogen atmosphere.
[0885] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of 0° C. to 120° C., preferably the range of 20° C. to 80° C. Reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 72 hours.
Preparation 5b
[0886] A compound of formula (1b-9) is prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00089##
wherein M.sup.2 is the same as those defined in the above (Item 5); R.sup.1b, Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3 are the same as those defined in the above (Item 6); X is halogen atom; LG is a leaving group (for example, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, and substituted sulfonyloxy (such as methanesulfonyloxy and p-toluenesulfonyloxy)).
Step 5b-1: Preparation Step of Compound (1b-9)
[0887] Compound (1b-9) is prepared from Compound (1b-1) and Compound (5b-1) according to the method described in Step 1b-1. As Compound (5b-1), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
Preparation 6b
[0888] Among compounds of Formula (1), a compound of formula (6b-4) wherein M.sup.1 is —NR.sup.eR.sup.f is also prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00090##
wherein R.sup.1b, Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3 are the same as those defined in the above (Item 6); R.sup.e and R.sup.f are the same as those defined in the above (Item 5); X is halogen atom; R is C.sub.1-6 alkyl; LG is a leaving group (for example, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, and substituted sulfonyloxy (such as methanesulfonyloxy and p-toluenesulfonyloxy)).
Step 6b-1: Preparation Step of Compound (6b-2)
[0889] Compound (6b-2) is also prepared from Compound (1b-3) and Compound (6b-1) according to the method described in Step 1b-2. As Compound (6b-1), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
Step 6b-2: Preparation Step of Compound (6b-4)
[0890] Compound (6b-4) is prepared by reacting Compound (6b-2) with Compound (6b-3) in the presence of a base in a suitable inert solvent.
[0891] Examples of the base used herein include inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, dipotassium phosphate, potassium phosphate, disodium phosphate, sodium phosphate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and sodium hydride; metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide and potassium tert-butoxide; and organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, and pyridine.
[0892] Examples of the inert solvent used herein include aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, acetone, and methyl ethyl ketone; ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and 1,4-dioxane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; and mixed solvents thereof.
[0893] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of −78° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 0° C. to 180° C. The present step can be conducted under microwave irradiation, if necessary. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 48 hours, but it depends on conditions including reaction temperature, materials, and solvents which are used.
[0894] Among groups of M.sup.2, when a corresponding reagent is not commercially available, the amine can be prepared, for example, according to the method of Preparation 7 or 8.
Preparation 7
[0895] A compound of formula (7-4) is prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00091##
wherein P is a protective group for amino group; LG is a leaving group (for example, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, and substituted sulfonyloxy (such as methanesulfonyloxy and p-toluenesulfonyloxy)); R.sup.8 is optionally-substituted partially-unsaturated C.sub.3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally-substituted amino, optionally-substituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, or optionally-substituted 4- to 7-membered partially-unsaturated heterocyclic ring; and Z is boronic acid, boronate, BF.sub.3K, BF.sub.3Na, or hydrogen atom.
Step 7-1: Preparation Step of Compound (7-3)
[0896] Compound (7-3) is prepared from Compound (7-1) and Compound (7-2) according to the method described in Step 1b-2. As Compound (7-1) and Compound (7-2), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
Step 7-2: Preparation Step of Compound (7-4)
[0897] Compound (7-4) is prepared from Compound (7-3) by deprotection according to a known method (for example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3.sup.rd Edition (John Wiley & Sons, Inc.), Comprehensive Organic Transformation, R. C. Laroque et al, VCH publisher Inc., 1989, etc.).
Preparation 8
[0898] A compound of formula (8-7) is prepared, for example, by the following process:
##STR00092##
wherein R.sup.3 is the same as those defined in the above (Item 5); LG is a leaving group (for example, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, and substituted sulfonyloxy (such as methanesulfonyloxy and p-toluenesulfonyloxy)); and P is a protective group for amino group.
Step 8-1: Preparation Step of Compound (8-3)
[0899] Compound (8-3) is prepared by reacting Compound (8-1) with Compound (8-2) in an inert solvent. As Compound (8-1) and compound (8-2), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
[0900] Examples of the inert solvent include aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, acetone, and methyl ethyl ketone; ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and 1,4-dioxane; halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chloroform and dichloromethane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; and mixed solvents thereof. Or, the reaction may be done without a solvent.
[0901] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of 0° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 40° C. to 150° C. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 48 hours, but it depends on conditions including reaction temperature, materials, and solvents which are used.
Step 8-2: Preparation Step of Compound (8-5)
[0902] Compound (8-5) is prepared by reacting Compound (8-3) with Compound (8-4) in the presence of a base in a suitable inert solvent. As Compound (8-4), a commercial product or a product synthesized by common methods or corresponding methods thereof may be used.
[0903] Examples of the base used herein include organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine; inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, dipotassium phosphate, potassium phosphate, disodium phosphate, sodium phosphate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and sodium hydride; and metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide and potassium tert-butoxide.
[0904] Examples of the inert solvent used herein include aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, acetone, and methyl ethyl ketone; ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and 1,4-dioxane; halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chloroform and dichloromethane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene; alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, and tert-butanol; and mixed solvents thereof.
[0905] The reaction temperature is selected from, but not limited to, usually the range of −10° C. to 200° C., preferably the range of 0° C. to 40° C. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 48 hours, but it depends on conditions including reaction temperature, materials, and solvents which are used.
[0906] And, the present Step may also be done according to a known method (for example, European Journal of Organic Chemistry 2005, 3761.).
Step 8-3: Preparation Step of Compound (8-6)
[0907] Compound (8-6) is prepared from Compound (8-5) according to the method described in Step 1b-2.
Step 8-4: Preparation Step of Compound (8-7)
[0908] Compound (8-7) is prepared from Compound (8-6) by deprotection according to a known method (for example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3.sup.rd Edition (John Wiley & Sons, Inc.), Comprehensive Organic Transformation, R. C. Laroque et al, VCH publisher Inc., 1989, etc.).
[0909] The compound of formula (1) having desired substituent(s) at desired positon(s) can be prepared by suitably combining the above-mentioned Preparations.
The intermediates and the desired compounds in the preparations described above can be isolated and purified by a method commonly-used in organic synthetic chemistry, for example, filtration, extraction, washing, drying, enrichment, crystallization, various chromatography, and the like, or a combination thereof. In addition, intermediates may be used in next reaction without further purification.
[0910] Starting compounds or intermediates described in the above-mentioned Preparations may be in salt form such as hydrochloride, depending on each reaction condition. In such case, they may be used in salt form itself or in free form. If starting compounds or intermediates are in salt form, and the salt form should be transformed to free form, it can be transformed to free form by dissolving or suspending it in an appropriate solvent and then neutralizing it with a base such as aqueous sodium bicarbonate.
[0911] The optical isomers can also be separated by common separation processes such as methods using an optically active column or fractional crystallization at an appropriate step of the above preparation processes. An optically active material can be used as a starting material.
[0912] In the case where a salt of a compound of formula (1) is needed, when the compound of formula (1) is obtained in a salt form, the salt can be obtained by purification of the obtained salt, and when the compound of formula (1) is obtained in a free form, the salt can be formed by dissolving or suspending the compound of formula (1) in an appropriate solvent, followed by addition of an acid or base.
[0913] The “tauopathy” used herein is a general term for a sporadic or familial pathology that tau protein is abnormally phosphorylated to be insoluble, and the phosphorylated tau is abnormally accumulated in cells. The “tauopathy” includes, for example, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Alzheimer-type dementia (ATD), dementia of Alzheimer's type (DAT), dementia in Alzheimer disease, major neurocognitive disorder due to Alzheimer's disease, diffuse neurofibrillary tangles with calcification (DNTC), amyotrophic lateral sclerosis/parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam island (Guam ALS/PDC), amyotrophic lateral sclerosis/parkinsonism-dementia complex of the Kii peninsula (Kii ALS/PDC), frontotemporal lobar degeneration (FTLD; such as Pick's disease (PiD), progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP), corticobasal degeneration (CBD), argyrophilic grain dementia (AGD), globular glial tauopathy (GGT) and frontotemporal dementia and parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17 (FTDP-17)), senile dementia of the neurofibrillary tangle type (SD-NFT), Down syndrome (DS), chronic traumatic encephalopathy (CTE), myotonic dystrophy (DM), Niemann-Pick disease type C (NPC), static encephalopathy of childhood with neurodegeneration in adulthood (SENDA), PLA2G6-associated neurodegeneration (PLAN), Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease (GSS), familial British dementia (FBD), familial Danish dementia (FDD), post-encephalitic Parkinsonism (PEP), subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (SSPE), and SLC9A6-related mental retardation, but should not be limited thereto. For example, when phosphorylated tau is abnormally accumulated in brain, the pathology may be within “tauopathy”. It may be determined that any two or more of these diseases are applicable at the same time, depending on the differences of Patient's condition and diagnostic method. And, a pathological condition in which two or more of these diseases coexist, that is, a combination of any two or more diseases of the above-mentioned diseases is also included in “tauopathy”. Characteristic inclusion bodies may be formed for each disease, and there are differences in the types of cells that accumulate, the isoforms of tau that accumulate, and the phosphorylation sites of tau. In neurodegenerative diseases associated with “tauopathy”, the accumulation of abnormally phosphorylated tau protein is thought to cause cerebral atrophy, cerebral dysfunction, etc.
[0914] The action of a compound on cognitive dysfunction of tauopathy can be evaluated by the method described in Test 3 described later. And, the effect of a compound on the accumulation of tau in tauopathy can be evaluated by the method described in Test 4 described later, and the effect of a compound on the accumulation of tau in tauopathy and cerebral atrophy can be evaluated by the method described in Test 5. A compound that is effective in any of Tests 3 to 5 can be expected to have a therapeutic and/or preventive effect on tauopathy.
[0915] The “Nav activator” and “Nav1.1 activator” can be used in combination with other drugs (hereinafter, optionally referred to as “concomitant drug”) prescribed for the purpose of enhancing the effect and/or reducing side effects and for various symptoms of various diseases. The concomitant drug includes, for example, another medicament for treating tauopathy, a medicament for treating Alzheimer-type dementia, antiepileptic agent, antipsychotic agent, antidepressive agent, anti-anxiety agent, Chinese herbal drug, sleep-inducing drug, antiparkinsonian agent, antihypertensive drug, anti-inflammatory agent, antidiabetic drug, antihyperlipidemic drug, anti-obesity agent, antiemetic drug, a medicament for treating dysphagia, and a medicament for treating dysuria, cathartic drug. More preferably, it includes another medicament for treating tauopathy, a medicament for treating Alzheimer-type dementia, antiepileptic agent, antipsychotic agent, antidepressive agent, anti-anxiety agent, Chinese herbal drug, sleep-inducing drug, and antiparkinsonian agent. The “another medicament for treating tauopathy” means any tauopathy therapeutic agent that is different from the Nav activator used.
[0916] The concomitant drug includes, for example, acetylcholinesterase inhibitors such as donepezil, NMDA inhibitors such as memantine, GABA signal enhancers such as valproic acid, SV2A ligands such as levetiracetam, and medicaments for treating partial seizure such as carbamazepine. And, the concomitant drug may include one or more medicament selected from the group consisting of atypical antipsychotic agent for behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD) such as quetiapine, risperidone, clozapine, and aripiprazole; selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) such as paroxetine, sertraline, and citalopram; serotonin antagonist reuptake inhibitor (SARI) such as trazodone; noradrenergic and specific serotonergic antidepressant (NaSSA) such as mirtazapine; serotonin 1A receptor agonist such as tandospirone; Chinese herbal drug such as yokukansan; and Parkinson's disease drug such as levodopa.
[0917] In an embodiment, the Nav activator may exhibit selective pharmacological action on some Nav subtypes, for example, one or more Nav subtypes selected from the group consisting of Nav1.1, Nav1.2, Nav1.3 and Nav1.6, and it may have a weak effect on other Nav subtypes such as Nav1.5. It can be expected that the Nav activator having a reduced action on Nav1.5 is highly safe with less concern about cardiotoxicity.
[0918] The “preventing” used herein means the act of administering a drug or a medicament to a healthy person who has not developed a disease, and is intended, for example, to prevent the onset or development of a disease. The “treating” used herein means the act of administering a drug or a medicament to a person, i.e., a patient who has been diagnosed by a doctor as being affected with a disease to improve the symptom, release the symptom, or inhibit the progress of disease.
[0919] The “therapeutically effective amount” used herein means the amount of a drug or medicament that elicits a biological or pharmaceutical response required by a researcher or physician in a tissue, system, animal or human.
[0920] A Nav activator may be administered directly via an appropriate route of administration, or administered in an appropriate dosage form after formulation.
[0921] As a route of administration, it is preferable to use the most effective route for treatment, which may vary depending on the embodiment of a Nav activator such as a small molecule compound, a peptide, and an antibody. The route of administration includes, for example, oral; and parenteral administration such as intravenous administration, application, inhalation, and eye drop. The route of administration is preferably oral administration.
[0922] The dosage form used herein may suitably vary depending on the embodiment of a Nav activator, which includes, for example, a tablet, a capsule, a powder, a granule, a liquid, a suspension, an injection, a patch, and a poultice. The dosage form is preferably a tablet.
[0923] The formulation into a dosage form or a pharmaceutical composition can be carried out according to common methods using pharmaceutically acceptable additives.
[0924] As a pharmaceutically acceptable additive, an excipient, a disintegrant, a binder, a fluidizer, a lubricant, a coating, a solubilizer, a solubilizing adjuvant, a thickener, a dispersant, a stabilizing agent, a sweetening agent, a flavor, and the like can be used, depending on a purpose. Specifically, examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable additive herein include lactose, mannitol, crystalline cellulose, low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, corn starch, partially-pregelatinized starch, carmellose calcium, croscarmellose sodium, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, magnesium stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, titanium oxide, and talc.
[0925] The amount and the frequency of administration of the dosage form or pharmaceutical composition comprising a Nav activator can be optionally determined depending on an embodiment of a Nav activator, a mode of administration, a disease of a patient or symptoms thereof, the age or weight of a patient, and the like. When the Nav activator is a small molecule compound, the amount of the active ingredient (herein, also referred to as “therapeutically effective amount”) per day can be usually administered to an adult in several portions in a day, preferably in one to three portions in a day, wherein the amount ranges from about 0.0001 to about 5000 mg, more preferably from about 0.001 to about 1000 mg, further preferably from about 0.1 to about 500 mg, especially preferably from about 1 to about 300 mg.
[0926] The timing to administer a Nav activator and a concomitant drug is not limited, and they may be administered to a subject needed in treatment concurrently or with a time lag. A Nav activator may be formulated as a combination medicament with a concomitant drug. The dose or mixing ratio of the concomitant drug can be optionally selected depending on an embodiment of a Nav activator, a subject to be administered, a route of administration, a targeted disease, symptoms, and combination thereof, on the basis of the doses in the clinical use. For example, when the subject for administration is a human and the Nav activator is a small molecule compound, the concomitant drug for combination use may be used in 0.01 to 100 parts by weight to 1 part by weight of the Nav activator.
EXAMPLES
[0927] The present invention is explained in more detail in the following by referring to Reference examples, Examples, and Tests; however, the present invention is not limited thereto. The names of compounds in the following Reference examples and Examples do not necessarily conform to the IUPAC nomenclature.
[0928] In the present specification, the abbreviations shown below may be used. [0929] CDCl.sub.3: deuterated chloroform [0930] DMSO-d.sub.6: deuterated dimethylsulfoxide [0931] Rt: retention time [0932] min: minute(s) [0933] HATU: O-(7-aza-1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate [0934] THF: tetrahydrofuran [0935] TFA: trifluoroacetic acid [0936] DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide [0937] Boc: tert-butoxycarbonyl [0938] Tf: trifluoromethanesulfonyl [0939] Cbz: benzyloxycarbonyl [0940] Ph: phenyl [0941] WSC: 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide
[0942] Physicochemical data of each compound in Examples and Reference examples were obtained with the following apparatus:
[0943] .sup.1H-NMR: JEOL JNM-AL400; JEOL JNM-ECS400; Brucker AVANCE 400 Spectrometer
[0944] Symbols used in NMR are defined as follows: s for singlet, d for doublet, dd for doublet of doublets, t for triplet, td for triplet of doublets, dt for doublet of triplets, q for quartet, m for multiplet, br for broad singlet or multiplet, and J for coupling constant.
[0945] LC/MS data of each compound in Examples and Reference examples were obtained with any one of the following apparatuses:
Method A
[0946] Detection apparatus: ACQUITY™ SQ deteceter (Waters Corporation)
HPLC: ACQUITY™ UPLC SYSTEM
[0947] Column: Waters ACQUITY™ UPLC BEH C18 (1.7 μm, 2.1 mm×30 mm)
Method B
[0948] Detection apparatus: Shimadzu LCMS-2020
Column: Phenomenex Kinetex (C18, 1.7 μm, 2.1 mm×50 mm)
Method C
[0949] Detection apparatus: Agilent 6110 Quadropole LC/MS
HPLC: Agilent 1200 series
Column: XBridge C18 (3.5 μm, 4.6 mm×50 mm)
Method D
[0950] Detection apparatus: ACQUITY™ SQ detector (Waters
Corporation)
HPLC: ACQUITY™ UPLC SYSTEM
[0951] Column: Waters ACQUITY™ UPLC BEH C18 (1.7 μm, 2.1 mm×30 mm)
[0952] High performance liquid chromatograph-mass spectrometer; Measurement conditions for LC/MS are shown below, observed values of mass spectrometry [MS(m/z)] are shown in MH.sup.+, and retention times are shown in Rt (minutes). In each observed value, measurement conditions used for the measurement are described as any one of A to D.
Method A
[0953] Solvents: Solution A; 0.06% formic acid/H.sub.2O, Solution B; 0.06% formic acid/acetonitrile
Gradient condition: 0.0 to 1.3 minutes (linear gradient of B from 2% to 96%)
Flow rate: 0.8 mL/min; Detection UV: 220 nm and 254 nm;
Temperature: 40° C.
Method B
[0954] Solvents: Solution A; 0.05% TFA/H.sub.2O, Solution B; acetonitrile
Gradient condition: 0.0 to 1.7 minutes (linear gradient of B from 10% to 99%)
Flow rate: 0.5 mL/min; Detection UV: 220 nm; Temperature: 40° C.
Method C
[0955] Solvents: Solution A; 10 mM NH.sub.4HCO.sub.3/H.sub.2O, Solution B; acetonitrile
Gradient condition: 0.0 to 0.2 minutes (5% B), 0.2 to 1.5 minutes (linear gradient of B from 5% to 95%), 1.5 to 2.8 minutes (95% B)
Flow rate: 1.8 mL/min; Detection UV: 214 nm and 254 nm; Temperature 50° C.
Method D
[0956] Solvents: Solution A; 0.05% formic acid/H.sub.2O, Solution B; acetonitrile
Gradient condition: 0.0 to 1.3 minutes (linear gradient of B from 10% to 95%), 1.3 to 1.5 minutes (10% B)
Flow rate: 0.8 mL/min; Detection UV: 220 nm and 254 nm;
Temperature: 40° C.
Reference Example 1
2-Chloro-N-(4-cyanophenyl) acetamide
[0957] ##STR00093##
[0958] To a suspension of 4-aminobenzonitrile (25.2 g) and potassium carbonate (35.4 g) in acetone (200 ml) was added dropwise 2-chloroacetyl chloride (28.9 g) at 0° C., and the mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured slowly into water (400 ml), resulting in precipitation of a solid. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure to obtain the titled compound (35.0 g).
[0959] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) δ: 10.71 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H).
Reference Example 2
6-(4-Methylpiperidin-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one
[0960] ##STR00094##
[0961] To a solution of 3,6-dichloropyridazine (34.3 g) in dimethylformamide (288 mL) were added 4-methylpiperidine (27.4 g) and triethylamine (48.1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 8 hours, and concentrated under reduced pressure. After the addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (200 mL) and water (200 mL) thereto, the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in acetic acid (460 mL), and the mixture was heated under reflux for 37 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue were added 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide (300 mL) and diethyl ether (150 mL), resulting in precipitation of a solid. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed sequentially with water, diethyl ether, and ethyl acetate, and dried under reduced pressure to obtain the titled compound (31.6 g).
[0962] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 7.17 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (dt, J=12.9, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.71 (td, J=12.6, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 1.72-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.25 (dd, J=12.3, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 1.19 (dd, J=12.1, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 0.95 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H).
Reference Example 3
2-(3-Chloro-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl)-N-(4-cyanophenyl)acetamide
[0963] ##STR00095##
[0964] To a solution of the compound of Reference example 1 (16.7 g) in dimethylformamide (240 mL) were added potassium carbonate (23.7 g) and 6-chloropyridazin-3(2H)-one (14.8 g). After stirring at room temperature for 6 hours, water (360 mL) was added to the mixture, resulting in precipitation of a solid, and the precipitated solid was filtered. After washing with water, the solid was dried under reduced pressure to obtain the titled compound (18.4 g).
[0965] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) δ: 10.78 (s, 1H), 7.79 (dt, J=8.8, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (dt, J=9.0, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (s, 2H).
Reference Example 4
2-(4,4-Difluorocyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane
[0966] ##STR00096##
[0967] a) To a solution of 4,4-difluorocyclohexanone (25.0 g) in 1,2-dichloroethane (373 mL) were added 2-chloropyridine (26.5 g) and trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (63.1 g), and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 6 hours. After cooling to 0° C., hexane (750 mL) was added thereto, resulting in precipitation of a solid, and the precipitated solid was filtered out. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain Compound 1A (46.1 g).
[0968] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 5.67-5.63 (m, 1H), 2.69 (td, J=13.5, 2.9 Hz, 2H), 2.60-2.55 m, 2H), 2.24-2.14 (m, 2H).
[0969] b) To a solution of Compound 1A (46.1 g) and bis(pinacolato)diboron (52.8 g) in 1,4-dioxane (577 mL) were added potassium acetate (42.5 g) and 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride (6.34 g), and the mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered through Celite, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. After the addition of ethyl acetate (1.5 L), the organic layer was washed with water (300 mL) and brine (200 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=100:0, then 90:10) to obtain the titled compound (39.8 g).
[0970] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 6.37-6.35 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.24 (s, 12H).
Reference Example 5
6-(4,4-Dimethylcyclohexyl)pyridazin-3 (2H)-one
[0971] ##STR00097##
[0972] a) 6-Chloropyridazin-3 (2H)-one (497 mg), 2-(4,4-dimethylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (900 mg), and 2 mol/L aqueous sodium carbonate (4.76 mL) were suspended in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (17 mL). To the mixture was added 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride (279 mg). The mixture was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere at 80° C. for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; chloroform:methanol=99:1, then 93:7) to obtain Compound 2A (88 mg).
[0973] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) δ: 7.80 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.43-6.40 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.98 (dt, J=4.1, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 0.91 (s, 6H).
[0974] b) A suspension of Compound 2A (88 mg) and 10% palladium/carbon (20 mg) in methanol (20 mL) was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 10 hours. Pd/C was filtered through Celite, and the filtrate was washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated to obtain the titled compound (89 mg).
[0975] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 10.66 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (tt, J=11.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.71-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.27 (td, J=12.3, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 0.93 (s, 3H), 0.92 (s, 3H).
Reference Example 6
[3-(4-Methylpiperidin-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]acetic acid
[0976] ##STR00098##
[0977] a) The compound of Reference example 2 (2.5 g), methyl bromoacetate (2.8 g), and potassium carbonate (3.6 g) in dimethylformamide (26 mL) were stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. After the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=30:70) to obtain Compound 3A (3.2 g).
[0978] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 7.16 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 3.77-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.71 (td, J=12.5, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 1.69 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 2H), 1.59-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.28-1.18 (m, 2H), 0.96 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H).
[0979] b) Compound 3A (3.2 g) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of methanol (20 mL) and THF (20 mL), and 2 mol/L aqueous sodium hydroxide (30 mL) was added thereto with ice cooling. Then, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The organic solvent of the reaction solution was removed under reduced pressure, and to the resulting aqueous layer was added 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid to adjust pH to 3, resulting in precipitation of a solid. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure to obtain the titled compound (3.0 g).
[0980] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD.sub.3OD) δ: 7.50 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 3.92-3.88 (br, 2H), 2.76 (td, J=12.7, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 1.73-1.68 (br, 2H), 1.64-1.51 (m, 1H), 1.23 (ddd, J=24.4, 12.7, 3.9 Hz, 2H), 0.97 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H).
Reference Example 7
4-(4-Methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrophthalazin-1(2H)-one
[0981] ##STR00099##
[0982] a) To a solution of 4,5,6,7-tetrahydroisobenzofuran-1,3-dione (5.0 g) in tetrahydrofuran (329 mL) was added dropwise a solution of p-tolylmagnesium bromide in tetrahydrofuran (32.9 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 23 hours. To the reaction mixture was added 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid, resulting in precipitation of a solid, and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with water. The resulting solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; chloroform:methanol=9:1) to obtain Compound 4A (10.7 g).
[0983] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 7.40-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 2.42-2.20 (m, 6H), 1.98-1.43 (m, 5H).
[0984] b) To a solution of Compound 4A (7.61 g) in ethanol (156 mL) was added hydrazine monohydrate (3.03 mL), and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added thereto, and the ethanol was removed by concentration under reduced pressure, resulting in precipitation of a solid. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure to obtain the titled compound (6.22 g).
[0985] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 10.42 (s, 1H), 7.26-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.21 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.37 (m, 5H), 1.79-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.65 (m, 2H).
Reference Example 8
6-(2-Azaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl)-4-methylpyridazin-3 (2H)-one
Reference Example 9
6-(2-Azaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl)-5-methylpyridazin-3 (2H)-one
[0986] ##STR00100##
[0987] a) To a solution of 3,6-dichloro-4-methylpyridazine (0.40 g) in dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added 2-azaspiro[4.4]nonane (0.31 g) and triethylamine (1.03 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 6 hours. After the addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) and water (20 mL), the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10, and then 30:70) to obtain Compound 5A (250 mg) and Compound 5B (260 mg).
[0988] b) Compound 5A was dissolved in acetic acid (3 mL), and the reaction mixture was subjected to microwave irradiation and stirred at 200° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and toluene was added thereto. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; chloroform:methanol=100:0, then 98:2) to obtain 6-(2-azaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl)-4-methylpyridazin-3(2H)-one (220 mg).
[0989] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 234.2/0.832 (Method A)
[0990] Similarly, 6-(2-azaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl)-5-methylpyridazin-3(2H)-one (195 mg) was obtained from Compound 5B.
[0991] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 234.2/0.839 (Method A)
Reference Example 10
6-(6-Azaspiro[3.4]octan-6-yl)-4-methoxypyridazin-3 (2H)-one
[0992] ##STR00101##
[0993] a) To a solution of 6-chloro-3,4-dimethoxypyridazine (0.25 g) in toluene (2.5 mL) were added 6-azaspiro[3.4]octane (0.23 g), potassium tert-butoxide (0.14 g), and 2,2′-bis(biphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthalene (6.4 mg). The reaction mixture was subjected to microwave irradiation, and stirred at 80° C. for one hour. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, water (20 mL) was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, and then concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10, then 15:85) to obtain Compound 6A (44 mg). LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 250.2/0.506 (Method A)
[0994] b) Compound 6A (80 mg) was dissolved in dioxane (500 μL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (2 mL). The reaction mixture was subjected to microwave irradiation, and stirred at 100° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was poured into water, resulting in precipitation of a solid, and the precipitated solid was filtered to obtain the titled compound (53 mg).
[0995] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 236.2/0.527 (Method A)
Reference Example 11
1,1-Difluoro-4,4-dimethyl-6-azaspiro[2.5]octane hydrochloride
[0996] ##STR00102##
[0997] a) To a solution of tert-butyl 3,3-dimethyl-4-methylidenepiperidine-1-carboxylate (4.6 g) in tetrahydrofuran (29.2 mL) were added (trifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane (10.54 ml) and sodium iodide (1.53 g), and the mixture was heated under reflux for 33 hours. To the reaction mixture was added heptane (10 ml), and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate, and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=95:5, and then 75:25) to obtain Compound 7A (4.2 g).
[0998] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 3.87 (br s, 1H), 3.43 (br s, 1H), 3.06-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.83 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.44-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.31-1.23 (m, 1H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 0.92-0.86 (m, 4H).
[0999] b) Compound 7A (4.2 g) was dissolved in cyclopentyl methyl ether (10 ml). To the mixture was added a solution of hydrogen chloride in cyclopentyl methyl ether (18.5 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours, resulting in precipitation of a solid. The precipitated solid was filtered, and dried to obtain the titled compound (3.71 g).
[1000] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) δ: 9.59 (s, 1H), 8.96 (s, 1H), 3.16-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.17 (s, 3H), 0.89 (s, 3H).
Reference Example 12
7-Chloro-2-methyl-1,3-benzoxazole-5-amine
[1001] ##STR00103##
[1002] a) To a solution of 2-amino-6-chloro-4-nitrophenol (0.5 g) in DMF (15 mL) were added triethyl orthoacetate (1.72 g) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.23 g), and the mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 4 hours. To the reaction mixture was added saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvents; hexane:ethyl acetate=80:20) to obtain Compound 8A (0.37 g).
[1003] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 8.46 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H).
[1004] b) Compound 8A (62.5 mg) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of methanol (4 ml) and water (1 ml), and reduced iron (164 mg) and ammonium chloride (157 mg) were added thereto. The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 2 hours. Insoluble substances were filtered out through Celite, and the organic layer was concentrated. The residue was dissolved again in ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the titled compound (43.7 mg).
[1005] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 6.81 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (br s, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H).
Reference Example 13
[1,2,4]Triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-7-amine dihydrochloride
[1006] ##STR00104##
[1007] a) A solution of 7-bromo[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine (975 mg), tert-butyl carbamate (865 mg), sodium t-butoxide (710 mg), [(2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl)-2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]palladium(II) methanesulfonate (196 mg) in toluene (33 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 2 hours. To the reaction mixture was added water, and the mixture was extracted with a mixed solvent of chloroform and ethanol (3:1). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=75:25, and then ethyl acetate) to obtain the titled compound 9A (780 mg).
[1008] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 8.43 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J=7.3, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 1.52 (s, 9H).
[1009] b) Compound 9A (780 mg) was suspended in ethyl acetate (3 ml), and a solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (16 ml) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the following steps were repeated twice: toluene was added thereto, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added ethyl acetate, and the mixture was stirred, and then filtered to obtain the titled compound (499 mg).
[1010] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD.sub.3OD) δ: 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J=7.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H).
Reference Example 14
4-(Morpholin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-indole dihydrochloride
[1011] ##STR00105##
[1012] a) A solution of tert-butyl 4-bromo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indole-1-carboxylate (1.55 g), morpholine (1.81 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.48 g), (R)-(+)-2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1-binaphthyl (0.324 g), and sodium t-butoxide (0.999 g) in toluene (17.3 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 2 hours. Insoluble substances were filtered out through Celite, and the organic layer was concentrated. To the residue was added saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=80:20) to obtain Compound 10A (1.07 g).
[1013] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 305.2/1.984 (Method B)
[1014] b) Compound 10A (1.07 g) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (15 ml), and a solution of hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (15 ml) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, and concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added ethyl acetate, and the mixture was filtered to obtain the titled compound (0.92 g).
[1015] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD.sub.3OD) δ: 7.48 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 3.94-3.92 (m, 4H), 3.87 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.26-3.24 (m, 4H).
Reference Example 15
4-(Pyridazin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-indole hydrochloride
[1016] ##STR00106##
[1017] a) A solution of tert-butyl 4-bromo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indole-1-carboxylate (2.62 g), 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridazine (2.17 g), bis(di-tert-butyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II) (0.62 g), 2 mol/L aqueous potassium acetate (13 ml) in acetonitrile (35 mL) was stirred at 90° C. for 4 hours. To the reaction mixture was added water, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; ethyl acetate, and then ethyl acetate:methanol=95:5) to obtain Compound 11A (2.30 g).
[1018] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 298.2/0.891 (Method A)
[1019] b) Compound 11A (2.30 g) was dissolved in chloroform (35 ml). After the addition of a solution of hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (4 mol/L, 35 ml), the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the following steps were repeated twice: toluene was added to the mixture, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the titled compound (1.8 g).
[1020] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 198.2/0.333 (Method A)
Reference Example 16
[3-(4-Methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl] acetic acid
[1021] ##STR00107##
[1022] a) According to the method of a) in Reference example 6, Compound 12A (49.4 g) was obtained using 6-chloropyridazin-3(2H)-one (44.0 g).
[1023] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) δ: 7.64 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H).
[1024] b) A solution of Compound 12A (2.15 g), 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (3.06 g) and 2 mol/L aqueous potassium acetate (15.92 mL) was suspended in acetonitrile (140 mL), and bis(di-tert-butyl (4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II) (301 mg) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere at 90° C. for 5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10, and then 70:30) to obtain Compound 12B (2.40 g).
[1025] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 263.2/0.935 (Method A)
[1026] c) According to the method of b) in Reference example 6, the titled compound (1.5 g) was obtained using Compound 12B (2.40 g).
[1027] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 249.2/0.835 (Method A)
Reference Example 17
2-(Trifluoromethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-7-amine
[1028] ##STR00108##
[1029] Pyridine-2,4-diamine (300 mg) and sodium bicarbonate (462 mg) was suspended in ethanol (9.1 mL), and 3-chloro-1,1,1-trifluoropropan-2-one was added thereto. The mixture was heated under reflux for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with a mixed solvent of chloroform and ethanol (3:1). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=50:50, and then ethyl acetate) to obtain the titled compound (250 mg).
[1030] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 202.1/0.344 (Method A)
Reference Example 18
7-Fluoro-1,3-benzoxazole-5-amine
[1031] ##STR00109##
[1032] a) 2-Amino-6-fluoro-4-nitrophenol (507 mg) and triethoxymethane (0.98 mL) were dissolved in chloroform (14.7 mL) and acetic acid (0.68 mL). The mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=83:17, and then 75:25) to obtain Compound 13A (330 mg).
[1033] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 183.0/0.749 (Method A)
[1034] b) Compound 13A (330 mg) was dissolved in methanol (9.0 mL) and palladium/carbon (96 mg) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Insoluble substances were filtered through Celite, and the organic layer was concentrated to obtain the titled compound (268 mg).
[1035] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 153.0/0.445 (Method A)
Reference Example 19
2-(Difluoromethyl)-1,3-benzoxazole-5-amine
[1036] ##STR00110##
[1037] a) 2-Amino-4-nitrophenol (300 mg), triethylamine (1.36 mL), triphenylphosphine (1.28 g), and difluoroacetic acid (0.12 mL) were dissolved in carbon tetrachloride (6.5 mL), and the mixture was heated under reflux for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, to the reaction mixture was added water, and the mixture was extracted with a mixed solvent of chloroform and methanol (10:1). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvate; hexane:ethyl acetate=75:25, and then ethyl acetate) to obtain Compound 14A (331 mg).
[1038] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 215.1/0.850 (Method A)
[1039] b) According to the method of b) in Reference example 18, the titled compound (268 mg) was obtained using Compound 14A (330 mg).
[1040] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 185.1/0.505 (Method A)
Reference Example 20
7-Fluoro-2-methoxy-1,3-benzoxazole-5-amine
[1041] ##STR00111##
[1042] a) According to the method of a) in Reference example 18, Compound 15A (318 mg) was obtained by using 2-amino-6-fluoro-4-nitrophenol (303 mg) and tetramethyl orthocarbonate (0.47 mL).
[1043] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 213.1/0.843 (Method A)
[1044] b) According to the method of b) in Reference example 18, the titled compound (248 mg) was obtained by using Compound 120A (318 mg).
[1045] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 183.0/0.517 (Method A)
Reference Example 21
2-Methyl[1,3]thiazolo[5,4-b]pyridine-6-amine
[1046] ##STR00112##
[1047] a) 2-Chloro-3,5-dinitropyridine (300 mg) was dissolved in sulfolane (9.8 mL), and thioacetamide (1.48 g) was added thereto. The mixture was heated under reflux at 110° C. for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10, and then 75:25) to obtain Compound 16A (0.23 g).
[1048] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 196.1/0.667 (Method A)
[1049] b) Compound 16A (177 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (3.8 mL), and water (1.3 mL), ammonium chloride (485 mg), and reduced iron (253 mg) were added thereto. The mixture was heated under reflux for 3 hours. Insoluble substances were filtered through Celite, and the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the titled compound (97 mg).
[1050] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 166.0/0.423 (Method A)
Reference Example 22
2-(5-Amino-1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)propan-2-ol
[1051] ##STR00113##
[1052] Methyl 5-amino-1,3-benzoxazole-2-carboxylate (200 mg) and cerium(III) chloride (1.03 g) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (6.9 mL). While stirring at 0° C., 3 mol/L methylmagnesium bromide (1.39 ml) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hours. To the reaction mixture was added saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; ethyl acetate, and then ethyl acetate:methanol=96:4) to obtain the titled compound (10.0 mg).
[1053] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 193.1/0.317 (Method A)
Reference Example 23
1-(5-Methoxy-2-methylpyridin-3-yl)piperazine trihydrochloride
[1054] ##STR00114##
[1055] a) 1-Boc-piperazine (277 mg), tris(dibenzylidene-acetone)dipalladium(0) (91 mg), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (172 mg), and sodium t-butoxide (190 mg) were suspended in toluene (10 ml). 3-Bromo-5-methoxy-2-methylpyridine (200 mg) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 70° C. for one hour. After cooling to room temperature, ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture. Insoluble substances were filtered through Celite, and the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=70:30, and then 50:50) to obtain Compound 17A (296 g).
[1056] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 7.94 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.57 (m, 4H), 2.86-2.84 (m, 4H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 9H).
[1057] b) Compound 17A (296 mg) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL), and 2 mol/L solution of hydrogen chloride in methanol (9.6 mL) was added thereto while stirring at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the precipitated solid was filtered, and the resulting solid was dried under reduced pressure to obtain the titled compound (271.7 mg).
[1058] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD.sub.3OD) δ: 8.16 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.45 (m, 4H), 3.37-3.35 (m, 4H), 2.68 (s, 3H).
Reference Example 24
(2R,6S)-2,6-Dimethyl-1-(pyridin-3-yl)piperazine trihydrochloride
[1059] ##STR00115##
[1060] a) 0.5 mol/L Potassium hexamethyldisilazide (2.57 ml), tert-butyl (3R,5S)-3,5-dimethylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (250 mg), and 3-bromopyridine (184 mg) were suspended in 1,4-dioxane (10 ml), and the mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=80:20, and then 40:60) to obtain Compound 18A (114 mg).
[1061] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 292.0/0.689 (Method A)
[1062] b) According to the method of b) in Reference example 15, the titled compound (75 mg) was obtained by using Compound 18A (114 mg).
[1063] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 192.2/0.149 (Method A)
Reference Example 25
4-[(Morpholin-4-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1H-indole
[1064] ##STR00116##
[1065] a) 2,3-Dihydro-1H-indole-4-carbaldehyde (147 mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 ml), and morpholine (88 mg) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (322 mg) were added thereto. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. To the reaction mixture was added saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain Compound 19A (209 mg).
[1066] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 217.2/0.292 (Method A)
[1067] b) Compound 19A (209 mg) were dissolved in acetic acid (3 ml), and sodium cyanoborohydride (182 mg) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the following steps were repeated twice: toluene was added thereto, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the titled compound (256 mg).
[1068] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 219.2/0.131 (Method A)
Reference Example 26
4-[(.SUP.1.H-Imidazol-1-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1H-indole hydrochloride
[1069] ##STR00117##
[1070] a) (2,3-Dihydro-1H-indol-4-yl)methanol (0.92 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2 ml), and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.48 g) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, resulting in precipitation of a solid, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane, and then hexane:ethyl acetate=70:30) to obtain Compound 20A (1.54 g).
[1071] LC-MS: [M+H-tBu].sup.+/Rt (min) 194.1/0.866 (Method A)
[1072] b) Compound 20A (1.54 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml), and thionyl chloride (0.57 ml) was added thereto while stirring at 0° C. The mixture was warmed to room temperature, and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the following steps were repeated twice: toluene was added thereto, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain Compound 20B (1.65 g).
[1073] LC-MS: [M+H-tBu].sup.+/Rt (min) 212.1/1.169 (Method A)
[1074] c) Compound 20B (200 mg) was dissolved in dimethylformamide (3 ml), and imidazole (2.5 g) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hours. Water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; ethyl acetate, and then ethyl acetate:methanol=95:5) to obtain Compound 20C (80 mg).
[1075] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 300.3/0.683 (Method A)
[1076] d) Compound 20C (80 mg) were dissolved in chloroform (3 ml), and a solution of hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (0.54 mL) were added thereto. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The following steps were repeated twice: to the residue was added toluene, and the mixture was concentrated to obtain the titled compound (53 mg).
[1077] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 200.1/0.115 (Method A)
Reference Example 27
Methyl (3-chloro-5-methyl-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl)acetate
Reference Example 28
Methyl (3-chloro-4-methyl-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl)acetate
[1078] ##STR00118##
[1079] 3,6-Dichloro-4-methylpyridazine (650 mg) was dissolved in acetic acid (6 mL), and the reaction mixture was subjected to microwave irradiation, and stirred at 200° C. for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the following steps were repeated three times: toluene was added thereto, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dimethylformamide (3 mL), and methyl bromoacetate (855 mg) and potassium carbonate (1.10 g) were added thereto. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10, and then 25:75) to obtain the compound of Reference example 27 (374 mg) and the compound of Reference example 28 (190 mg), respectively.
[1080] Reference example 27 LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 217.1/0.610 (Method A)
[1081] Reference example 28 LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 217.1/0.598 (Method A)
Reference Example 29
4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-2-(4-methylcyclopent-1-en-1-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane
[1082] ##STR00119##
[1083] a) A solution of 4,4-dimethyl-2-cyclopenten-1-one (750 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was stirred at −78° C., and 1 mol/L solution of lithium tri-sec-butylborohydride in tetrahydrofuran (7.8 ml) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for one hour. To the reaction mixture was added a solution of 2-[N,N-bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)amino]pyridine (2.80 g) in tetrahydrofuran (10 ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. To the reaction mixture was added water, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with 2 mol/L aqueous sodium hydroxide (30 mL) and brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=99:1) to obtain Compound 21A (310 mg).
[1084] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 5.57-5.55 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.11 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).
[1085] b) According to the method of b) in Reference example 4, the titled compound (150 mg) was obtained by using Compound 21A (300 mg).
[1086] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 6.48-6.43 (1H, m), 2.67-2.52 (2H, m), 2.42-2.28 (1H, m), 2.08-1.95 (2H, m), 1.33-1.21 (12H, m), 1.04-0.99 (3H, m).
Reference Example 30
2-(1,1-Difluorospiro[2.5]oct-5-en-6-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane
[1087] ##STR00120##
[1088] a) To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (121.0 g) in toluene (570 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (37.9 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. To the reaction mixture was added a solution of 1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-one (24.0 g) in toluene (1000 ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To the reaction mixture was added sandy magnesium chloride (64.4 g), and the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. To the reaction mixture was added acetone (13.54 ml), and the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours, and then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the solid was washed with heptane (400 ml). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added hexane, and the mixture was stirred for a while. Insoluble substances were filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvate; hexane, and then hexane:ethyl acetate=85:15) to obtain Compound 22A (20.8 g).
[1089] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 4.65 (s, 2H), 3.96 (s, 4H), 2.27 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 4H), 1.69 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 4H).
[1090] b) According to the method of a) in Reference example 11, Compound 22B (24.0 g) was obtained by using Compound 22A (20.8 g).
[1091] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 3.96 (s, 4H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 8H), 1.05 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 2H).
[1092] c) Compound 22B (23.8 g) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of acetone (180 ml) and water (120 ml). p-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (2.22 g) was added thereto, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added thereto, and the acetone layer was removed under reduced pressure. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10, and then hexane:ethyl acetate=75:25) to obtain Compound 22C (15.2 g).
[1093] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 2.48-2.37 (m, 4H), 1.98-1.89 (m, 4H), 1.25-1.21 (m, 2H).
[1094] d) A solution of Compound 22C (4.77 g) and 2,6-lutidine in dichloromethane (48 ml) was stirred at 0° C., and trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (10.57 ml) was added thereto. The mixture was warmed, and heated under reflux for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added thereto, and the dichloromethane layer was removed under reduced pressure. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed sequentially with 1 mol/l aqueous hydrochloric acid, water, and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=95:5, and then hexane:ethyl acetate=77:23) to obtain Compound 22D (6.61 g).
[1095] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 5.78 (t, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.45-2.35 (m, 3H), 2.19-2.14 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.21-1.11 (m, 2H).
[1096] e) To a solution of Compound 22D (6.61 g), triphenylphosphine (593 mg), potassium phenoxide (2.99 g), 4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (6.03 g) in toluene (113 ml) was added bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride (794 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 4 hours. To the reaction mixture were added potassium phenoxide (1.14 g) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (784 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 1.5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water and ethyl acetate were added thereto, and the mixture was filtered through Celite. The organic layer was washed with 1 M aqueous sodium carbonate and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane, and then hexane:ethyl acetate=80:20), and purified again by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:toluene=50:50, and then hexane:toluene:ethyl acetate=45:50:5) to obtain the titled compound (3.72 g).
[1097] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 6.53-6.50 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.14 (m, 3H), 2.05-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 12H), 1.09-0.97 (m, 2H).
Reference Example 31
8-Fluoro-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-7-amine
[1098] ##STR00121##
[1099] a) A solution of 2-chloro-3-fluoro-4-iodopyridine (3.1 g), benzyl carbamate (2.28 g), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (1.74 g), and tris(dibenzylidene-acetone)dipalladium (1.32 g) in toluene (80 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water and ethyl acetate were added thereto, and the mixture was filtered through Celite. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=87:13, and then hexane:ethyl acetate=67:33) to obtain Compound 23A (1.8 g).
[1100] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 281.1/0.948 (Method A)
[1101] b) A solution of Compound 23A (1.25 g), benzophenone imine (1.12 mL), sodium t-butoxide (642 mg), and [(2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl)-2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]palladium(II) methanesulfonate (354 mg) in toluene (18 ml) was stirred at 150° C. for 5 hours under microwave irradiation. After cooling to room temperature, water and ethyl acetate were added thereto, and the mixture was filtered through Celite. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=87:13, and then hexane:ethyl acetate=67:33) to obtain Compound 23B (490 mg).
[1102] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 426.3/1.117 (Method A)
[1103] c) Compound 23B (780 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5.3 ml), and 1 mol/L aqueous hydrochloric acid (5.3 ml) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. To the reaction mixture was added saturated sodium bicarbonate, and the mixture was extracted with a mixed solvent of chloroform and ethanol (3:1). The organic layer was dried oved anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=87:13, and then ethyl acetate) to obtain Compound 23C (179 mg).
[1104] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 262.1/0.542 (Method A)
[1105] d) Compound 23C (179 mg) was dissolved in 2-propanol (2.7 ml), and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (0.119 ml) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 3 hours. To the reaction mixture was added toluene (2.7 mL), and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain Compound 23D (212 mg).
[1106] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 317.2/0.598 (Method A)
[1107] e) Compound 23D (178 mg) was dissolved in 2-propanol (2.7 ml), and 50% aqueous hydroxyamine (0.05 ml) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 6 hours. To the reaction mixture was added water, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=67:33, and then hexane:ethyl acetate=30:70) to obtain Compound 23E (146 mg).
[1108] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 305.2/0.782 (Method A)
[1109] f) Compound 23E (171 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5.6 ml), and trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.119 ml) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 21 hours. To the reaction mixture was added saturated sodium bicarbonate, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=83:17, and then hexane:ethyl acetate=50:50) to obtain Compound 23F (82 mg).
[1110] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 287.2/0.742 (Method A)
[1111] g) Compound 23F (90 mg) was dissolved in methanol (1.6 ml), and 10% palladium/carbon (17 mg) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 4 hours. The palladium/carbon was filtered through Celite, and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated to obtain the titled compound (47 mg).
[1112] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 153.0/0.294 (Method A)
Reference Example 32
[6-(4,4-Dimethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl]acetic acid hydrochloride
[1113] ##STR00122##
[1114] a) To a solution of 6-chloro-1H-pyrazolo{3,4-b}pyrazine (2.50 g) in dimethylformamide (65 mL) were added cesium carbonate (7.38 g) and tert-butyl bromoacetate (3.08 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. After the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=83:17, then 0:100) to obtain Compound 32A (2.26 g).
[1115] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 268.9/0.945 (Method A)
[1116] b) To a solution of Compound 32A (200 mg) in N-methylpyrrolidone (2 mL) were added potassium carbonate (309 mg) and 4,4-dimethylpiperidine hydrochloride (134 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 2 hours. Water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10, and then 20:80) to obtain Compound 32B (246 mg).
[1117] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 346.0/1.146 (Method A)
[1118] c) To Compound 32B (246 mg) was added 4 mol/L hydrogen chloride in dioxane (5 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 55° C. for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the following steps were repeated twice: toluene was added thereto, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the titled compound (200 mg).
[1119] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 290.0/0.801 (Method A)
Reference Example 33
[6-(4-Methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl] acetic acid hydrochloride
[1120] ##STR00123##
[1121] a) To a solution of Compound 32A (330 mg) in toluene (5 mL) were added sodium tert-butoxide (236 mg), 4-methylpiperidine (0.30 mL), and [(2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl)-2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]palladium(II) methanesulfonate (98 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 6 hours. Water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10, and then 0:100) to obtain Compound 33A (161 mg).
[1122] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 332.3/2.14 (Method B)
[1123] b) According to the method of c) in Reference example 32, the titled compound (150 mg) was obtained by using Compound 33A (161 mg).
[1124] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 276.3/1.93 (Method B)
Reference Example 34
[6-(4-Methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl] acetic acid
[1125] ##STR00124##
[1126] a) According to the method of a) in Reference example 32, Compound 34A (12.5 g) was obtained by using 6-chloro-1H-pyrazolo{3,4-b}pyrazine (15.0 g) and ethyl chloroacetate (11.6 mL).
[1127] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 240.9/0.766 (Method A)
[1128] b) To a solution of Compound 34A (11.3 g) in acetonitrile (200 mL) were added 2-(4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (12.6 g), 2 mol/L aqueous potassium acetate (65.9 mL), and bis[di-tert-butyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine]dichloropalladium(II) (3.7 g), and the mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 5 hours. Water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10, and then 75:25) to obtain Compound 34B (14.0 g).
[1129] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 302.0/1.108 (Method A)
[1130] c) To a solution of Compound 34B (14.0 g) in ethanol (400 mL) was added 4 mol/L aqueous sodium hydroxide (117 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To the reaction solution was added 2 mol/L hydrochloric acid to adjust pH to 3. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue were added ethyl acetate, and the mixture was stirred for one hour, resulting in precipitation of a solid. The precipitated solid was filtered to obtain the titled compound (10.1 g).
[1131] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 272.9/0.863 (Method A)
Reference Example 35
2-(6-Chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl)-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl) acetamide
[1132] ##STR00125##
[1133] a) According to the method of c) in Reference example 32, Compound 35A (333 mg) was obtained using Compound 32A (560 mg).
[1134] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 212.8/0.486 (Method A)
[1135] b) To a solution of Compound 35A (518 mg) in dichloromethane (15 mL) were added [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-7-amine dihydrochloride (517 mg), WSC (518 mg), and N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (1270 mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=100:0, and then 96:4) to obtain the titled compound (180 mg).
[1136] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 328.9/0.566 (Method A)
Reference Example 36
[6-(4-Methylcyclohexyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl] acetic acid hydrochloride
[1137] ##STR00126##
[1138] a) According to the method of b) in Reference example 34, Compound 36A (1150 mg) was obtained by using Compound 32A (940 mg).
[1139] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 329.0/1.236 (Method A)
[1140] b) To a solution of Compound 36A (350 mg) in methanol (5 mL) was added 10% palladium/carbon (100 mg), and the mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 5 hours. The palladium/carbon was filtered through Celite, and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10) to obtain Compound 36B (310 mg).
[1141] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 331.0/1.237 (Method A)
[1142] c) According to the method of c) in Reference example 32, the titled compound (257 mg) was obtained by using Compound 36B (310 mg).
[1143] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 275.0/0.861 (Method A)
Reference Example 37
2-(6-Chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl)-N-(4-cyanophenyl) acetamide
[1144] ##STR00127##
[1145] a) According to the method of a) in Reference example 32, the titled compound (21.0 mg) was obtained by using 6-chloro-1H-pyrazolo{3,4-b}pyrazine (20.0 mg) and the compound of Reference example 1 (27.7 mg).
[1146] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 313.1/0.784 (Method A)
Reference Example 38
2-[6-(Methanesulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl]-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide
[1147] ##STR00128##
[1148] a) To a solution of 6-(methylthio)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine (866 mg) in dimethylformamide (5.2 mL) were added tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate (0.917 mL) and potassium carbonate (1080 mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=75:25, and then 50:50) to obtain Compound 38A (772 mg).
[1149] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 280.9/0.911 (Method A)
[1150] b) According to the method of c) in Reference example 32, Compound 38B (620 mg) was obtained by using Compound 38A (772 mg).
[1151] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 224.9/0.504 (Method A)
[1152] c) According to the method of b) in Reference example 35, Compound 38C (177 mg) was obtained by using Compound 38B (200 mg).
[1153] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 340.9/0.548 (Method A)
[1154] d) To a solution of Compound 38C (78 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (2.3 mL) was added meta-chloroperbenzoic acid (169 mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. To the reaction solution were assed saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (solvent; chloroform:methanol=99:1, then 90:10) to obtain the titled compound (100 mg).
[1155] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 372.9/0.430 (Method A)
Reference Example 39
[6-(4-Methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrimidin-1-yl] acetic acid hydrochloride
[1156] ##STR00129##
[1157] a) According to the method of a) in Reference example 32, Compound 39A (1.25 g) was obtained by using 6-chloro-1H-pyrazolo{3,4-b}pyrimidine (1.24 g) and tert-butyl bromoacetate (12.0 mL).
[1158] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 269.2/0.859 (Method A)
[1159] b) According to the method of b) in Reference example 32, Compound 39B (133 mg) was obtained by using Compound 39A (300 mg) and 4-methylpiperidine (0.79 mL).
[1160] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 332.2/1.185 (Method A)
[1161] c) According to the method of c) in Reference example 32, the titled compound (109 mg) was obtained by using Compound 39B (133 mg).
[1162] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 276.1/0.728 (Method D)
Reference Example 40
[6-(4-Methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrimidin-1-yl] acetic acid hydrochloride
[1163] ##STR00130##
[1164] a) According to the method of b) in Reference example 34, Compound 40A (290 mg) was obtained by using Compound 39A (400 mg).
[1165] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 329.4/1.184 (Method D)
[1166] b) According to the method of c) in Reference example 32, the titled compound (240 mg) was obtained by using Compound 40A (290 mg).
[1167] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 273.1/0.758 (Method D)
Reference Example 41
2-(6-Chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrimidin-1-yl)-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl) acetamide
[1168] ##STR00131##
[1169] a) According to the method of c) in Reference example 32, Compound 41A (820 mg) was obtained by using Compound 39A (1.0 g).
[1170] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 212.9/0.403 (Method A)
[1171] b) According to the method of b) in Reference example 35, the titled compound (57 mg) was obtained by using Compound 41A (50 mg).
[1172] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 328.9/0.566 (Method A)
Reference Example 42
[6-(4-Methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl] acetic acid hydrochloride
[1173] ##STR00132##
[1174] a) According to the method of a) in Reference example 32, Compound 42A (0.96 g) was obtained by using 6-chloro-1H-pyrazolo{3,4-b}pyridine (1.0 g) and tert-butyl bromoacetate (1.43 mL).
[1175] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 269.2/0.859 (Method A)
[1176] b) According to the method of b) in Reference example 32, Compound 42B (1.19 g) was obtained by using Compound 42A (0.96 g) and 4-methylpiperidine (2.54 mL).
[1177] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 331.3/1.206 (Method A)
[1178] c) According to the method of c) in Reference example 32, the titled compound (0.86 g) was obtained by using Compound 42B (1.19 g).
[1179] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 275.2/0.865 (Method A)
Reference Example 43
[6-(4-Methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl] acetic acid hydrochloride
[1180] ##STR00133##
[1181] a) According to the method of b) in Reference example 34, Compound 43A (1030 mg) was obtained by using Compound 42A (922 mg).
[1182] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 328.3/1.252 (Method A)
[1183] b) According to the method of c) in Reference example 32, the titled compound (840 mg) was obtained by using Compound 43A (1030 mg).
[1184] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 272.1/0.941 (Method A)
Reference Example 44
2-(6-Chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl)-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide
[1185] ##STR00134##
[1186] a) According to the method of c) in Reference example 32, Compound 44A (1.06 g) was obtained by using Compound 42A (1.82 g).
[1187] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 211.9/0.559 (Method A)
[1188] b) According to the method of b) in Reference example 35, the titled compound (763 mg) was obtained by using Compound 44A (550 mg).
[1189] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 327.9/0.621 (Method A)
Reference Example 45
[6-(4-Methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-1H-indazol-1-yl] acetic acid hydrochloride
[1190] ##STR00135##
[1191] a) According to the method of a) in Reference example 32, Compound 45A (1.1 g) was obtained by using 6-bromo-1H-indazole (1.0 g) and tert-butyl bromoacetate (0.89 mL).
[1192] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 313.1/1.025 (Method A)
[1193] b) According to the method of b) in Reference example 34, Compound 45B (503 mg) was obtained by using Compound 45A (500 mg).
[1194] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 328.3/1.252 (Method A)
[1195] c) According to the method of c) in Reference example 32, the titled compound (390 mg) was obtained by using Compound 45B (503 mg).
[1196] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 271.2/0.980 (Method A)
Example 1
N-(4-Cyanophenyl)-2-[3-(4-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]acetamide
[1197] ##STR00136##
[1198] To a solution of the compound of Reference example 2 (1.0 g) in dimethylformamide (14 mL) were added potassium carbonate (1.43 g) and the compound of Reference example 1 (1.0 g). After stirring at room temperature for 24 hours, water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=2:3, and then ethyl acetate) to obtain the titled compound (1.21 g).
[1199] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 9.79 (s, 1H), 7.63 (dt, J=9.0, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (dt, J=8.5, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 3.84 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (td, J=12.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 1.75-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.53 (m, 1H), 1.25 (dd, J=12.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.19 (dd, J=12.2, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 0.97 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H).
Example 2
N-(4-Cyanophenyl)-2-[3-(4,4-dimethylpiperidin-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]acetamide
[1200] ##STR00137##
[1201] A solution of the compound of Reference example 3 (60 mg), 4,4-dimethylpiperidine hydrochloride (93 mg), and diisopropylethylamine (1 mL) in dimethylacetamide (0.5 mL) was stirred at 150° C. for 11 hours. After the completion of the reaction, water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reversed-phase HPLC (eluent; 0.035% trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile/water), and then by amino silica gel column chromatography (solvent; chloroform:methanol=99:1, and then 93:7) to obtain the titled compound (22 mg).
[1202] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 9.78 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 3.32-3.28 (m, 4H), 1.46-1.42 (m, 4H), 0.98 (s, 6H).
Examples 3-36
[1203] According to the method of Example 1 or 2 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 3 to 36 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00001
Example 37
N-(4-Cyanophenyl)-2-[3-(4,4-difluorocyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-10 (6H)-yl]acetamide
[1204] ##STR00173##
[1205] The compound of Reference example 3 (1.58 g), the compound of Reference example 4 (1.74 g), and 2 mol/L aqueous sodium carbonate (6.85 mL) were suspended in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (25 mL), and 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride (401 mg) was added thereto. The mixture was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere at 80° C. for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; chloroform:methanol=99:1, and then 93:7), and recrystallized with ethanol (60 mL)-acetonitrile (20 mL) to obtain the titled compound (1.64 g).
[1206] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 9.37 (s, 1H), 7.65-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.54 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 2.82-2.71 (m, 4H), 2.20-2.10 (m, 2H).
Example 38
N-(4-Cyanophenyl)-2-[3-(4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl] acetamide
[1207] ##STR00174##
[1208] To a solution of the compound of Reference example 5 (40 mg) in dimethylformamide (2 mL) were added potassium carbonate (54 mg) and the compound of Reference example 1 (45 mg). After stirring the mixture at room temperature for 6 hours, water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1, and then 1:4) to obtain the titled compound (60 mg).
[1209] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 9.54 (s, 1H), 7.62 (dt, J=9.0, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (dt, J=9.1, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 2.48 (tt, J=11.9, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 1.73-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.57 (td, J=12.8, 3.63 Hz, 2H), 1.55-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.28 (td, J=13.2, 4.1 Hz, 2H), 0.94 (s, 3H), 0.93 (s, 3H).
Examples 39-49
[1210] According to the method of Example 37 or 38 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 39 to 49 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00002
Example 50
N-(1,3-Benzooxazol-5-yl)-2-[3-(methylpiperidin-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]acetamide
[1211] ##STR00187##
[1212] To a suspension of the compound of Reference example 6 (50 mg), 1,3-benzoxazole-5-amine (32 mg), and HATU (91 mg) in acetonitrile (1.5 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.34 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; ethyl acetate:methanol=100:0, and then 92:8) to obtain the titled compound (38 mg).
[1213] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.48 (s, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 3.86-3.83 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.74 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.70 (i, 2H), 1.61-1.53 (i, 1H), 1.28-1.18 (m, 2H), 0.97 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H).
Examples 51-99
[1214] According to the method of Example 50 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 51 to 99 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00003
Examples 100 to 135
[1215] According to the method of Example 2, 37, 38, or 50 and corresponding reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 100 to 135 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00004 Example Chemical structure Analytical data 100
Examples 136-159
[1216] According to the method of Example 37 or 50 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 136 to 159 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00005
Examples 160-192
[1217] According to the method of Example 1, 2, or 50 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 160 to 192 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00006 Example Chemical structure Analytical data 160
Examples 193-238
[1218] According to the method of Example 1, 2, or 50 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 193 to 238 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00007 Example Chemical structure Analytical data 193
Examples 239-243
[1219] According to the method of Example 1, 37, or 50 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 239 to 243 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00008
Example 244
N-[2-(Dimethylamino)-1,3-benzooxazol-5-yl]-2-[3-(4-methylcyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-6-oxopyridazin-1(6H)-yl]acetamide
[1220] ##STR00384##
[1221] To a suspension of the compound of Reference example 16 (45 mg), N.sup.2,N.sup.2-dimethyl-1,3-benzoxazole-2,5-diamine (39 mg), and HATU (90 mg) in acetonitrile (1.8 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; ethyl acetate:methanol=100:0, and then 96:4) to obtain the titled compound (75 mg).
[1222] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 8.68 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.21-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.98 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 4.97 (s, 2H), 3.20 (s, 6H), 2.70-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.92-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.03 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 3H).
Examples 245-424
[1223] According to the method of Example 1, 37, or 50 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 245 to 424 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00009
Examples 425-445
[1224] According to the method of Example 1, 37, or 50 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 425 to 445 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00010
Examples 446-455
[1225] According to the method of Example 1, 37, or 50 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 446 to 445 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00011
Examples 456-467
[1226] According to the method of Example 1, 37, or 50 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 456 to 467 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00012
Examples 468-481
[1227] According to the method of Example 1, 37, 38, or 50, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 468 to 481 were obtained by using each corresponding material compounds.
TABLE-US-00013
Examples 482-490
[1228] According to the method of Example 1, 37, or 50, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 482 to 490 were obtained by using each corresponding material compounds.
TABLE-US-00014
Examples 491-534
[1229] According to the method of Example 1, 37, or 50, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 491 to 534 were obtained by using corresponding material compounds.
TABLE-US-00015 Example Chemical structure Analytical data 491
Examples 535 and 536 cis-trans isomers of the compound (35.5 mg) obtained in
[1230] Example 472 were resolved by chiral column chromatography to obtained the following compounds (Example 535 and 536):
##STR00681##
[Resolution Conditions]
[1231] Detection apparatus: SPD-M20A (Shimadzu Corporation)
HPLC: LC-20AT (Shimadzu Corporation)
Column: CHIRALPAK IA (Daicel Corporation) (S—5 μm, 20×250 mm)
[1232] Elution condition: 0.0-60.0 (min): A/B=55:45
Solvent A: hexane with 0.1% diethylamine
Solvent B: (isopropylalcohol:methanol=2:1) with 0.1% diethylamine
Flow rate: 10 ml/min
UV: 220 nm
[1233] Column temperature: 40° C.
TABLE-US-00016 Retention Yield Example time (min.) (mg) Purity Former 535 31.5 13.5 99.9% peak Latter 536 41.5 14.0 99.8% peak
Examples 537 and 538
[1234] Optical isomers of the compound (14.1 mg) obtained in Example 330 were resolved by chiral column chromatography to obtain the following compounds (Examples 537 and 538):
##STR00682##
[Resolution Conditions]
[1235] Detection apparatus: SPD-M20A (Shimadzu Corporation)
HPLC: LC-20AT (Shimadzu Corporation)
Column: CHIRALPAK AY-H (Daicel Corporation) (S—5 μm, 20×250 mm)
[1236] Elution condition: 0.0-80.0 (min): A/B=65:35
Solvent A: hexane
Solvent B: isopropylalcohol
Flow rate: 10 ml/min
UV: 220 nm
[1237] Column temperature: 40° C.
TABLE-US-00017 Retention Yield Optical Example time (min) (mg) purity Former 537 43.5 4.5 87.8% ee peak Latter 538 56 4.8 98.6% ee peak
Examples 539 and 540
[1238] Optical isomers of the compound (13.7 mg) obtained in Example 339 were resolved by chiral column chromatography to obtain the following compounds (Examples 539 and 540):
##STR00683##
[Resolution Conditions]
[1239] Detection apparatus: SPD-M20A (Shimadzu Corporation)
HPLC: LC-20AT (Shimadzu Corporation)
Column: CHIRALPAK AY-H (Daicel Corporation) (S—5 μm, 20×250 mm)
[1240] Elution condition: 0.0-80.0 (min): A/B=50:50
Solvent A: hexane
Solvent B: isopropylalcohol
Flow rate: 10 ml/min
UV: 220 nm
[1241] Column temperature: 40° C.
TABLE-US-00018 Retention Yield Optical Example time (min.) (mg) purity Former 539 39.8 4.5 .sup. 99% ee peak Latter 540 52.5 7.6 98.2% ee peak
Examples 541 to 571
[1242] According to the method of Example 50 and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 541 to 571 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00019 Example Chemical structure Analytical data 541
Example 572
2-[6-(4-Methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl]-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide
[1243] ##STR00715##
[1244] To a solution of the compound of Reference example 33 (50.0 mg) in dichloromethane (2 mL) were added imidazo[1,2-A]pyridine-7-amine hydrochloride (66.4 mg), WSC (61.5 mg), and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (118.0 mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (solvent; ethyl acetate, and then ethyl acetate:methanol=90:10) to obtain the titled compound (14.0 mg).
[1245] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) δ: 10.96 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.13-8.06 (m, 2H), 7.22 (dd, dd, J=7.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 4.51-4.44 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.87 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.59 (m, 3H), 1.16-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.88 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 3H).
Example 573
2-{6-[Methyl(2-methylpropyl)amino]-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl}-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl) acetamide
[1246] ##STR00716##
[1247] To a solution of the compound of Reference example 35 (15.0 mg) in dimethylformamide (2 mL) were added N,2-dimethylpropane-1-amine hydrochloride (6.8 mg) and potassium carbonate (18.9 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 2 hours. Water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; ethyl acetate, and then ethyl acetate:methanol=98:2) to obtain the titled compound (5.0 mg).
[1248] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) δ: 10.96 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J=7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 3.44 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 2.08-1.98 (m, 1H), 0.87-0.80 (m, 6H).
Example 574
2-[6-(2-Fluoro-4-methylphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl]-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide
[1249] ##STR00717##
[1250] To a solution of the compound of Reference example 35 (25.0 mg) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) were added (2-fluoro-4-methylphenyl)boronic acid (15.2 mg) and chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-1,1′-biphenyl) [2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]palladium(II) (6.0 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 7 hours. Water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; ethyl acetate, and then ethyl acetate:methanol=98:2) to obtain the titled compound (5.0 mg).
[1251] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) δ: 11.14 (s, 1H), 9.03 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 3H), 5.51 (s, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H).
Example 575
2-[6-(5-Methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl]-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide
[1252] ##STR00718##
[1253] To a solution of the compound of Reference example 35 (15.0 mg) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (1 mL) were 5-methyl-2-(tributylstannyl)thiazole (39.0 mg) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (5.3 mg), and the mixture was subjected to microwave irradiation, and stirred at 150° C. for 20 minutes. Water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; chloroform:methanol=98:2, and then chloroform:methanol=90:10) to obtain the titled compound (5.8 mg).
[1254] LC-MS: [M+H].sup.+/Rt (min) 391.9/0.650 (Method A)
Example 576
2-(6-Cyclobutyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-1-yl)-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide
[1255] ##STR00719##
[1256] To a solution of the compound of Reference example 35 (60.0 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) were added 0.5 mol/L cyclobutylzinc bromide (0.548 mL) and bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium(0) (18.7 mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added thereto, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; ethyl acetate, and then ethyl acetate:methanol=90:10) to obtain the titled compound (27.0 mg).
[1257] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) δ: 11.10 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J=7.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 3.97-3.89 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.31 (m, 4H), 2.11-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.92-1.83 (m, 1H).
Examples 577-640
[1258] According to the methods of Reference examples 32-36 or Examples 572-576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 577-640 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00020
Examples 641-648
[1259] According to the methods of Reference examples 32-36 or Examples 572 to 576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 641-648 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00021
Examples 649-668
[1260] According to the methods of Reference examples 32-36 or Examples 572-576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 649-668 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00022
Examples 669-684
[1261] According to the methods of Reference examples 32-36 or Examples 572-576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 669-684 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00023
Examples 685-698
[1262] According to the methods of Reference examples 32-36 or Examples 572-576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 685-698 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00024
Examples 699-734
[1263] According to the methods of Reference examples 32-36 or Examples 572-576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 699-734 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00025
Examples 735-761
[1264] According to the methods of Reference examples 32-36 or Examples 572-576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 735-761 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00026 Example Chemical structure Analytical data 735
Example 762
2-[6-(2-Cyclopropylethoxy)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl]-N-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide
[1265] ##STR00911##
[1266] To a solution of 2-cyclopropylethanol (18.6 mg) in dimethylformamide (0.54 mL) was added 55% sodium hydride (11.7 mg), and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. To the reaction solution was added the compound of Reference example 38 (20.0 mg), and the solution was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent; chloroform, and then chloroform:methanol=90:10) to obtain the titled compound (10.3 mg).
[1267] .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) δ: 9.18 (s, 1H), 9.02 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 4.54 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.85-1.73 (m, 1H), 0.89-0.86 (m, 2H), 0.52-0.47 (m, 2H), 0.18-0.12 (m, 2H).
Examples 763-804
[1268] According to the methods of Reference examples 38-41 or Examples 572-576 and 762, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 763-804 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00027
Examples 805-810
[1269] According to the methods of Reference examples 38-41 or Examples 572-576 and 762, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 805-810 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00028
Examples 811-822
[1270] According to the methods of Reference examples 38-41 or Examples 572-576 and 762, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 811-822 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00029
Examples 823-830
[1271] According to the methods of Reference examples 38-41 or Examples 572-576 and 762, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 823-830 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00030
Examples 831-851
[1272] According to the methods of Reference examples 38-41 or Examples 572-576 and 762, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 831-851 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00031 Example Chemical structure Analytical data 831
Examples 852-863
[1273] According to the methods of Reference examples 42-44 or Examples 572-576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 852-863 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00032
Examples 864-870
[1274] According to the methods of Reference examples 42-44 or Examples 572-576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 864-870 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00033
Examples 871-875
[1275] According to the methods of Reference examples 42-44 or Examples 572-576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 871-875 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00034
Examples 876-880
[1276] According to the methods of Reference examples 42-44 or Examples 572-576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 876-880 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00035
Examples 881-894
[1277] According to the methods of Reference examples 42-45 or Examples 572-576, and common reaction conditions, the compounds of Examples 881-894 were obtained by using each corresponding material compound.
TABLE-US-00036 Example Chemical Structure Analytical data 881
Examples 895 and 896
[1278] The compound obtained in Example 577 (4.6 mg) was resolved by chiral column chromatography to obtain the following optically-active compounds.
##STR01052##
[Resolution Conditions]
[1279] Detection apparatus: SPD-M20A (Shimadzu Corporation)
HPLC: LC-20AT (Shimadzu Corporation)
Column: CHIRALPAK IG (DAICEL) (20×250 mm)
[1280] Elution condition: 0.0-30.0 (min): A/B=40:60
Solvent A: hexane
Solvent B: isopropylalcohol
Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min
UV: 220 nm
[1281] Column temperature: 40° C.
TABLE-US-00037 Retention Yield Optical Example time (min) (mg) purity Former 895 20.244 0.8 >95% ee peak Latter 896 22.450 0.8 >95% ee peak
Tests
[1282] Hereinafter, the results of pharmacological tests for representative compounds herein are described, and the pharmacologic effects of each compound are explained, but the present invention is not limited to the following Tests.
Test 1: Evaluation of the Amplification of Nav1.1-Derived Voltage-Gated Sodium Current (Nav1.1 Current) by Using a Cell Line Stably Expressing Human Nav1.1
(1) Preparation of Test Compound Solution
[1283] Test compounds were prepared by dissolving in DMSO at 200 times of the concentration at evaluation, and diluting the obtained solution to twice the concentration of evaluation with an extracellular fluid (135 mmol/L NaCl, 4 mmol/L KCl, 1 mmol/L MgCl.sub.2, 5 mmol/L CaCl.sub.2, 5 mmol/L Glucose, 10 mmol/L HEPES).
(2) Induction and Measurement of Nav1.1 Current
[1284] A HEK293 cell line stably expressing human Nav1.1 (cat #CYL3009, Eurofins DiscoverX Products, LLC, Human Embryonic Kidney 293) was purchased, and used in the present test. Nav1.1 current was induced by stimulating Ramp wave voltage. Detection of current which accompanied with the stimulation of voltage was carried out by a patch-clamp voltage-clamp method using HTS automated patch clamp system (SynchroPatch 768PE, Nanion Technologies GmbH, Germany). Only cells with more than 500 pA of voltage-gated sodium channel current were used for the evaluation of the activity of compounds on Nav1.1 current because there was the possibility that currents derived from endogenous voltage-gated sodium channels accounted for large proportion in cells with less than 500 pA of voltage-gated sodium channel current which was induced by stimulating Ramp wave voltage.
(3) Pharmacological Effect on Nav1.1 Current
[1285] The effect of test compounds on the amplification of Nav1.1-derived voltage-gated sodium current was evaluated by using a cell line stably expressing human Nav1.1 and HTS automated patch clamp system. In other words, test compounds were added in an extracellular fluid containing 1% DMSO, and evaluated as a change of the peak value of Nav1.1 current and the area under the curve (AUC).
(4) Method for Pharmacological Evaluation
[1286] The Nav1.1 current amplification rates of test compounds were calculated by the following formula:
Nav1.1 current amplification rate (%)=100×[the peak value of Nav1.1 current or the area under the curve after the addition of test compounds]/[the peak value of Nav1.1 current or the area under the curve before the addition of test compounds]−100
Test Result
[1287] The Nav1.1 current amplification rates (%) of the representative compounds of the present invention are shown in the following table.
TABLE-US-00038 Concentration Nav1.1 for current evaluation amplification Example (μM) rate (%) 1 10 246 2 10 148 3 10 40 4 10 3 5 10 6 6 10 35 7 10 3 8 10 4 9 10 11 10 10 124 11 10 205 12 10 241 13 10 76 14 10 9 15 10 10 16 10 59 17 10 212 18 10 11 19 10 98 20 10 152 21 10 130 22 10 110 23 10 28 24 10 286 25 10 163 26 10 364 27 10 5 28 10 158 29 10 20 30 10 77 31 10 220 32 10 60 33 10 220 34 10 311 35 10 301 36 10 312 37 10 93 38 10 174 39 10 125 40 10 20 41 10 324 42 10 216 43 10 174 44 10 59 45 10 202 46 10 85 47 10 11 48 10 33 49 10 2 50 10 155 51 10 196 52 10 248 53 10 161 54 10 20 55 10 111 56 10 10 57 10 48 58 10 26 59 10 180 60 10 57 61 10 77 62 10 13 63 10 49 64 10 11 65 10 17 66 10 49 67 10 177 68 10 42 69 10 137 70 10 68 71 10 131 72 10 119 73 10 92 74 10 70 75 10 15 76 — — 77 10 93 78 10 78 79 10 165 80 10 131 81 10 69 82 10 121 83 10 45 84 10 315 85 10 15 86 10 73 87 10 255 88 10 183 89 10 187 90 10 31 91 10 93 92 10 88 93 10 65 94 10 198 95 10 221 96 10 105 97 10 296 98 10 15 99 10 103 100 10 197 101 — — 102 10 8 103 10 58 104 10 11 105 — — 106 — — 107 10 37 108 10 5 109 10 57 110 10 12 111 — — 112 10 46 113 10 30 114 10 83 115 10 56 116 10 12 117 — — 118 10 7 119 10 120 120 10 176 121 10 184 122 10 173 123 10 246 124 10 205 125 10 220 126 10 167 127 10 229 128 10 240 129 10 314 130 10 181 131 10 227 132 10 108 133 10 285 134 10 44 135 10 195 136 10 63 137 10 58 138 10 58 139 10 166 140 10 93 141 10 46 142 10 34 143 10 74 144 10 48 145 10 113 146 10 148 147 10 127 148 10 97 149 10 126 150 10 157 151 10 104 152 10 50 153 10 77 154 10 75 155 10 99 156 10 33 157 50 29 158 10 122 159 10 32 160 10 324 161 10 21 162 10 6 163 10 118 164 10 187 165 10 146 166 10 150 167 10 129 168 10 205 169 10 155 170 10 107 171 3 2 172 10 117 173 10 112 174 10 75 175 10 44 176 10 66 177 10 169 178 10 44 179 10 27 180 10 22 181 10 118 182 10 32 183 10 95 184 10 35 185 10 22 186 10 51 187 10 37 188 10 30 189 10 3 190 10 100 191 3 52 192 10 137 193 10 219 194 10 252 195 10 209 196 10 225 197 10 318 198 10 36 199 10 36 200 10 103 201 10 139 202 10 131 203 10 267 204 10 189 205 10 235 206 10 154 207 1 89 208 10 200 209 10 179 210 10 178 211 10 212 212 10 74 213 10 136 214 10 64 215 10 183 216 10 121 217 10 25 218 1 155 219 10 97 220 10 50 221 10 281 222 1 137 223 10 46 224 10 118 225 10 146 226 10 319 227 3 303 228 1 29 229 1 34 230 1 33 231 1 50 232 10 37 233 50 47 234 1 240 235 1 198 236 1 214 237 50 27 238 50 128 239 10 310 240 10 241 241 10 260 242 10 97 243 10 276 244 3 263 245 1 393 246 10 136 247 10 53 248 3 392 249 3 584 250 3 564 251 3 307 252 3 254 253 3 455 254 3 309 255 10 32 256 10 36 257 3 45 258 3 79 259 10 71 260 10 13 261 10 60 262 10 124 263 10 342 264 3 597 265 3 110 266 3 108 267 3 231 268 3 55 269 3 127 270 3 481 271 3 48 272 1 127 273 1 77 274 1 60 275 1 46 276 1 207 277 1 210 278 1 204 279 1 123 280 1 10 281 10 40 282 1 26 283 1 15 284 1 91 285 1 113 286 1 848 287 1 73 288 1 115 289 50 51 290 3 94 291 50 212 292 1 46 293 50 55 294 1 271 295 1 95 296 1 87 297 1 151 298 1 51 299 3 6 300 3 140 301 3 410 302 3 104 303 3 67 304 10 167 305 3 314 306 3 532 307 3 320 308 50 9 309 1 71 310 1 87 311 1 265 312 1 80 313 1 84 314 1 9 315 1 19 316 1 81 317 1 41 318 3 77 319 1 134 320 1 10 321 3 478 322 3 115 323 3 154 324 3 50 325 3 233 326 3 132 327 3 124 328 3 58 329 3 100 330 1 191 331 3 64 332 3 15 333 3 25 334 3 255 335 3 187 336 1 68 337 1 52 338 1 241 339 1 127 340 50 41 341 50 202 342 1 109 343 1 44 344 1 69 345 1 232 346 1 96 347 1 37 348 1 57 349 1 101 350 1 31 351 50 98 352 1 155 353 50 32 354 1 123 355 1 130 356 1 378 357 50 43 358 1 71 359 10 26 360 1 200 361 1 101 362 1 133 363 1 174 364 1 25 365 50 32 366 50 37 367 1 38 368 10 18 369 50 10 370 10 35 371 50 64 372 10 52 373 10 35 374 10 18 375 10 173 376 10 44 377 1 134 378 1 37 379 10 147 380 1 82 381 1 153 382 1 13 383 1 84 384 1 15 385 50 42 386 50 126 387 1 19 388 10 37 389 10 53 390 10 50 391 10 30 392 10 53 393 10 19 394 10 98 395 10 343 396 10 136 397 10 273 398 10 175 399 10 102 400 10 238 401 10 286 402 10 323 403 10 270 404 10 42 405 3 268 406 50 68 407 3 113 408 50 80 409 3 244 410 3 66 411 50 18 412 50 36 413 3 27 414 10 40 415 10 93 416 10 383 417 3 23 418 3 105 419 1 66 420 10 39 421 10 199 422 10 287 423 10 11 424 10 40 425 10 283 426 10 244 427 10 172 428 1 109 429 1 101 430 10 28 431 10 11 432 1 280 433 10 192 434 10 232 435 10 262 436 10 226 437 3 582 438 3 404 439 10 87 440 10 196 441 10 30 442 10 414 443 10 114 444 10 292 445 10 320 446 10 333 447 10 148 448 10 236 449 10 250 450 10 187 451 10 365 452 10 10 453 10 15 454 10 157 455 10 131 456 10 224 457 50 29 458 10 24 459 10 118 460 10 221 461 10 337 462 10 124 463 10 218 464 10 18 465 10 186 466 10 233 467 1 80 468 1 275 469 10 243 470 10 522 471 1 142 472 10 387 473 10 487 474 10 235 475 10 633 476 10 343 477 10 398 478 3 345 479 10 420 480 1 110 481 10 128 482 10 219 483 10 175 484 10 224 485 10 264 486 10 148 487 10 190 488 10 376 489 10 29 490 10 469 491 3 157 492 3 222 493 3 317 494 3 255 495 1 28 496 1 37 497 1 43 498 10 24 499 1 50 500 1 14 501 1 33 502 1 49 503 1 58 504 1 27 505 50 255 506 50 10 507 10 10 508 10 24 509 3 238 510 3 50 511 3 37 512 1 103 513 10 262 514 1 325 515 1 255 516 1 130 517 1 359 518 1 344 519 1 135 520 1 253 521 1 358 522 1 367 523 1 129 524 1 143 525 10 18 526 1 499 527 1 324 528 1 198 529 1 43 530 50 9 531 1 183 532 10 239 533 10 22 534 10 7 535 10 277 536 10 345 537 1 99 538 1 135 539 1 80 540 1 112 541 1 325 542 1 214 543 1 154 544 1 208 545 1 223 546 1 59 547 1 70 548 1 41 549 1 33 550 1 31 551 10 16 552 1 24 553 1 155 554 1 115 555 1 80 556 1 13 557 1 17 558 10 11 559 10 34 560 1 12 561 1 17 562 1 247 563 1 50 564 10 73 565 1 62 566 1 98 567 50 281 568 1 42 569 50 393 570 1 99 571 10 24 572 1 49 573 1 44 574 1 303 575 1 84 576 3 14 577 1 249 578 1 57 579 1 59 580 1 134 581 1 138 582 1 68 583 1 155 584 1 53 585 1 126 586 1 25 587 1 22 588 1 60 589 1 44 590 1 32 591 1 22 592 50 13 593 1 78 594 10 11 595 3 14 596 3 11 597 3 32 598 1 13 599 50 26 600 1 75 601 1 10 602 1 14 603 1 11 604 50 15 605 50 109 606 1 75 607 50 37 608 1 98 609 1 84 610 1 60 611 1 113 612 3 12 613 3 20 614 3 95 615 3 20 616 3 23 617 1 41 618 1 41 619 1 107 620 3 21 621 3 69 622 3 14 623 10 25 624 1 61 625 1 255 626 1 200 627 50 60 628 1 14 629 3 15 630 1 120 631 1 49 632 1 164 633 1 15 634 1 13 635 1 76 636 10 13 637 3 13 638 10 58 639 1 100 640 1 38 641 1 361 642 1 252 643 1 199 644 1 197 645 1 351 646 1 148 647 1 165 648 1 53 649 1 91 650 1 26 651 1 26 652 1 53 653 1 173 654 1 23 655 1 172 656 1 70 657 1 44 658 1 33 659 1 25 660 1 64 661 1 12 662 50 47 663 1 13 664 1 34 665 50 63 666 1 64 667 1 45 668 1 72 669 1 30 670 1 77 671 1 34 672 1 56 673 3 20 674 1 62 675 1 36 676 1 36 677 1 35 678 1 132 679 1 63 680 1 50 681 1 26 682 1 53 683 1 63 684 1 39 685 1 41 686 1 13 687 1 67 688 1 201 689 1 286 690 1 66 691 3 11 692 1 33 693 1 13 694 1 448 695 1 219 696 1 306 697 1 21 698 1 18 699 1 366 700 3 13 701 1 38 702 1 60 703 1 27 704 1 109 705 1 54 706 1 195 707 1 62 708 3 25 709 1 44 710 1 62 711 1 100 712 50 78 713 1 112 714 3 11 715 1 13 716 1 45 717 3 23 718 50 34 719 1 78 720 1 230 721 1 17 722 1 35 723 1 95 724 1 28 725 10 51 726 10 31 727 10 71 728 1 71 729 10 55 730 1 133 731 10 102 732 1 152 733 1 76 734 1 107 735 1 321 736 1 13 737 1 249 738 3 22 739 3 10 740 1 91 741 1 61 742 1 32 743 50 39 744 1 147 745 1 43 746 1 102 747 1 73 748 1 17 749 10 63 750 10 27 751 10 121 752 1 135 753 1 106 754 1 14 755 1 245 756 1 104 757 1 10 758 1 61 759 1 57 760 1 104 761 1 43 762 50 37 763 1 98 764 1 164 765 1 25 766 1 41 767 10 60 768 1 18 769 1 23 770 1 35 771 1 40 772 50 35 773 1 69 774 1 50 775 50 12 776 50 17 777 1 13 778 50 13 779 1 44 780 1 10 781 50 15 782 50 64 783 3 11 784 1 45 785 3 17 786 1 34 787 1 50 788 1 174 789 1 36 790 1 31 791 50 14 792 1 161 793 50 55 794 1 27 795 1 111 796 1 66 797 1 66 798 1 193 799 1 35 800 1 55 801 1 122 802 1 111 803 1 222 804 1 93 805 1 373 806 1 262 807 1 86 808 1 226 809 10 64 810 1 86 811 1 23 812 1 13 813 1 105 814 1 87 815 1 86 816 1 13 817 1 21 818 50 195 819 1 88 820 1 50 821 1 116 822 1 42 823 1 226 824 1 240 825 1 30 826 1 31 827 1 29 828 1 108 829 1 54 830 1 54 831 1 128 832 1 204 833 1 283 834 1 26 835 50 118 836 1 19 837 1 103 838 0.3 122 839 1 143 840 1 164 841 1 28 842 1 87 843 1 171 844 1 221 845 1 76 846 1 158 847 1 132 848 0.3 22 849 0.3 57 850 1 79 851 1 89 852 1 111 853 1 82 854 1 45 855 1 93 856 1 50 857 1 18 858 1 11 859 50 39 860 1 50 861 1 78 862 1 97 863 1 49 864 1 160 865 1 14 866 1 16 867 1 65 868 1 19 869 1 17 870 1 120 871 1 10 872 1 38 873 1 89 874 1 74 875 1 43 876 1 98 877 1 263 878 1 42 879 50 16 880 50 42 881 1 446 882 1 88 883 1 164 884 1 34 885 1 209 886 1 125 887 0.3 173 888 1 101 889 1 151 890 1 68 891 1 81 892 1 39 893 10 31 894 10 151 895 1 244 896 1 241
Test 2: Evaluation of the Amplification in Nav1.5-Derived Voltage-Gated Sodium Current (Nav1.5 Current) by Using a Cell Line Stably Expressing Human Nav1.5
[1288] A CHO-K1 cell line (Chinese hamster ovary) stably expressing human Nav1.5 (Gene Bank Accession No: P_000326.2) is obtained by using purchased T-Rex System (ThermoFisher Scientific, USA), and used for the present test. The effect of test compounds on the amplification of Nav1.5 current is evaluated by using a cell line stably expressing human Nav1.5 and HTS automated patch clamp system, similarly in the method using Nav1.1. In other words, test compounds are added in an extracellular fluid which contained 1% DMSO and 500 nmol/L Tetrodotoxin (TTX), and evaluated as a change of the peak value of Nav1.5 current and the area under the curve (AUC). The induction and the measurement of Nav1.5 current, the pharmacological effect on Nav1.5 current, and a method for pharmacological evaluation are carried out by the same method as in Nav1.1.
Test 3: Evaluation of the Cognitive Function by Novel Object Recognition Test (Hereinafter, Also Referred to as “NORT”)
[1289] The present test is for evaluating the improvement of cognitive function with the test compounds. When an APP-Tg mouse which is an AD (Alzheimer's disease) model mouse is evaluated by NORT, the memory for a familiar object decreases depending on the time interval between the first trial run (training) and the second trial run (test). For example, if the first trial run is done and 3 hours later the second one is done, there is no difference in the searching times between novel object and known object for the APP-Tg mouse, compared with a healthy mouse. Thus, the APP-Tg mouse suffers from significant amnesia.
[1290] The APP-Tg mouse used herein was prepared by constructing an expression cassette linked to human APP.sub.751 isoform to which Swedish (K670N/M671L) and Indiana (V717F) mutation were introduced at downstream of mouse Thy-1 promoter, then injecting the expression cassette into a mouse fertilized egg, and transplanting it to a host mouse. The prepared mouse presents with intracerebral AB accumulation and cognitive dysfunction from early on, and thus the mouse can be used for the evaluation of cognitive function. APP-Tg mouse has been also reported in Non-patent literature 6.
[1291] To the prepared APP-Tg mouse, the test compound was administered, and then the first trial run was done for the mouse 30 minutes after the intraperitoneal administration or after 10 days of mixed diet administration. The second trial run was done 3 hours after the first trial run, and the searching times between novel object and known object in the second trial were evaluated. The discrimination index was calculated from the searching time for novel object and known object in the second trial run, and the improvement of cognitive function of the test compound was confirmed by comparing the discrimination index with the test compound-unadministered group as an index of the cognitive function. The discrimination index was calculated by the following formula.
Discrimination index={(Searching time for novel object)−(Searching time for known object)}/{(Searching time for novel object)+(Searching time for known object)}
[1292] According to the above method, the compound of Example 1 was intraperitoneally administered to the APP-Tg mouse at doses of 3, 10 and 30 mg/kg 30 minutes before the first trial run, and the improvement of cognitive function was evaluated. The result is shown in the following table. Here, the significant difference from the vehicle-administered group was determined using the parametric Dunnett multiple comparison test. The compound of Example 1 showed a dose-dependent improvement of cognitive function, and was confirmed to be statistically significant at doses of 10 and 30 mg/kg.
TABLE-US-00039 p value vs. Dose Discrimination vehicle Example (mg/g i.p.) index SEM #: p < 0.05 1 vehicle −0.05 0.09 3 0.12 0.06 — 10 0.22 0.07 # 30 0.25 0.09 #
[1293] The present test can be also done with a combination with Elacridar (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Elacridar can inhibit P-gp and BCRP which are excretion transporters expressed in the blood-brain barrier and thereby Elacridar has the effect of improving the transferability of the test compound to the brain. Eracridal was orally administered to APP-Tg mice at 100 mg/kg 2 hours before the first trial run, and then the test compound was intraperitoneally administered to the mice 30 minutes before the first trial run according to the above method. And, the improvement of cognitive function was evaluated. The significant difference from the vehicle-administered group was determined using the parametric Dunnett multiple comparison test. The results are shown in the following table. The compounds of Examples 577, 593, and 609 showed some improvement of cognitive function, and especially the compounds of Examples 577 and 609 showed strong improvement of cognitive function.
TABLE-US-00040 p value vs. Dose Discrimination vehicle Example (mg/g i.p.) index SEM #: p < 0.05 577 vehicle −0.03 0.05 10 0.13 0.10 — 30 0.21 0.06 # 593 vehicle −0.03 0.10 30 0.11 0.11 — 60 0.20 0.06 — 609 vehicle −0.03 0.10 30 0.29 0.07 # 60 0.29 0.04 #
[1294] And, the present test can be also done with a combination with ABT (1-aminobenzotriazole) (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). ABT has the effect of improving the blood concentration of the test compound by inhibiting CYP and suppressing metabolism. The test compound and ABT (1 mg/g-food) were administered with food to APP-Tg mice for 10 days, and then the improvement of cognitive function was evaluated according to the above method. The significant difference from the vehicle-administered group was determined using the parametric Dunnett multiple comparison test. The results are shown in the following table. The compounds of Examples 630, 746, 795, 819, and 821 showed some improvement of cognitive function, and especially the compounds of Examples 819 and 821 showed strong improvement of cognitive function.
TABLE-US-00041 Dose Discrimination p value vs. Example (mg/g-food) index SEM vehicle 630 vehicle 0.06 0.10 0.2 0.04 0.19 — 2 0.45 0.09 — 746 vehicle 0.06 0.10 0.2 0.28 0.20 — 2 0.38 0.23 — 753 vehicle 0.25 0.13 0.1 0.21 0.15 — 4 0.28 0.14 — 795 vehicle 0.15 0.08 0.2 0.30 0.07 — 2 0.27 0.06 — 819 vehicle 0.25 0.13 0.2 0.47 0.10 p = 0.057 2 0.52 0.10 p = 0.094 821 vehicle 0.15 0.08 0.2 0.30 0.03 — 2 0.37 0.02 p = 0.074
[1295] The above results showed that the compounds of Examples 1, 577, 593, 609, 630, 746, 795, 819, and 821 have some improvement of cognitive function. In addition, the improvement of cognitive function of the compounds described in the other Examples can be evaluated by the same method as described above.
Test 4: Evaluation of Phosphorylated Tau Oligomers Using APP-Tg Mice
[1296] This test is a test to quantify the oligomer of phosphorylated tau in the brain to evaluate the action of a compound. Although APP-Tg mice do not show neurofibrillary tangles or neuronal cell death, month-age-dependent increases in brain phosphorylated tau and its oligomers are observed compared to wild-type mice. The APP-Tg mice used herein were prepared by the method described in Test 3.
[1297] The test compound administered with food to APP-Tg mice for 7-10 days. At this time, in order to increase the blood concentration of the test compound, ABT was used in combination with a mixed diet of 1 mg/g-food depending on the compound. After the administration, the brain was collected, and the protein is extracted from the collected brain using TBS (Tris Buffered Saline) or sarcosyl, and then SDS-PAGE (sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis) of the soluble or insoluble fraction was performed. After that, Western blotting was performed using an anti-oligomerized tau antibody (Anti-Tau, oligomeric, clone TOMA-1), and the effect of the test compound was evaluated by quantifying the band amount of the phosphorylated tau oligomer.
[1298] The reducing effect of phosphorylated tau oligomer was calculated by the following formula, and from the calculated values, the results were defined as follows: 0-25%: +, 25-50%: ++, 50-75%: +++, and 75-100%: ++++. The significant difference from the vehicle-administered group was determined using the Student t-test. For the band amount, the value corrected by the β-actin band amount was used.
Reducing effect of phosphorylated tau oligomer={(band amount of oligomerized tau in vehicle-administered group−band amount of oligomerized tau in test compound-administered group)/band amount of oligomerized tau in vehicle-administered group}×100
[1299] The results are shown in the following table. It has clarified that Examples 1, 410, 560, 565, 577, 630, 746, 753, 795, and 819 have some reducing effect of tau oligomer, and especially Examples 1, 410, 560, 565, 577, and 795 have strong reducing effect of tau oligomer.
TABLE-US-00042 Reducing effect of p value vs. Dose phosphorylated vehicle with ABT Example (mg/g-food) tau oligomer #: p < 0.05 1 mg/g-food 1 1.9 + + + — — 5.8 + + + + # 364 0.6 + — with ABT 2 + — 410 0.6 +++ p = 0.08 with ABT 2 + — 560 0.5 ++ — with ABT 4.5 ++++ # 565 0.5 +++ — with ABT 4.5 ++ — 577 2.2 + — — 6.6 +++ p = 0.07 630 0.2 ++ — with ABT 2 ++ — 746 0.2 ++ — with ABT 2 ++ — 753 0.1 ++ — with ABT 4 ++ — 795 0.2 + — with ABT 2 +++ # 819 0.2 ++ — with ABT 2 + — 821 0.2 + — with ABT 2 + —
[1300] The oligomer of phosphorylated tau of the compounds described in the other Examples can be evaluated by the same method as described above.
Test 5: Evaluation of Intracerebral Tau Aggregate Accumulation and Cerebral Atrophy Using rTg4510 Mice
[1301] This test is a test to evaluate the effects of the compounds on intracerebral tau aggregate accumulation and cerebral atrophy. The rTg4510 mice overexpress the human-type FTDP-17 mutant tau in the forebrain, and month-age-dependent intracerebral tau aggregate accumulation and cerebral atrophy are observed. The rTg4510 mice used herein were produced by mating Tg (tauP301L) 4510 mice (Stock No. 015815) and CaMKII-tTA mice (Stock No. 007004) purchased from The Jackson Laboratory and breeding them.
[1302] The test compound was administered as a mixed diet to rTg4510 mice from the age of 4 months, and PET scan and MRI were performed at the ages of 4, 6 and 8 months to quantitatively evaluate the amount of the intracerebral tau aggregate accumulated and cerebral atrophy. The PET scan was performed using MicroPET Focus 220 of Siemens Medical Solutions (0.851 mm thick (intercenter) 95 slices, 19.0 cm axial field of view (FOV), and 7.6 cm intra-section FOV). The administration of radioactive compound [.sup.18F] PM-PBB3 (precursor obtained from Aprinoia) and the PET scan were performed in dimly lit after the mice was treated with 1.5% isoflurane anesthesia to avoid photoracemization of the radioactive compound. The emission scan was performed for 60 minutes immediately after the intravenous administration of [.sup.18F] PM-PBB3 (1 mCi) (3D list mode, energy window: 350-750 keV). Then, the list mode data sorted into 3D synograms were converted into 2D synograms by Fourier-rebinding (frames: 4×1, 8×2 and 8×5 minutes). The dynamic image for 60 minutes after the administration of [.sup.18F] PM-PBB3 was reconstructed by a filter-corrected back projection with a 0.5 mm Hanning filter. Regions of interest (ROI) were set in multiple brain regions using PMOD image analysis software (PMOD Technology) with reference to the MRI templates and the PET reconstructed images. Tau aggregate accumulation was evaluated by calculating SUVR (Standardized uptake value ratio) with the cerebellum as a reference region, based on the added average of dynamic images from 40 minutes to 60 minutes.
[1303] The evaluation of cerebral atrophy was performed with horizontal superconducting magnet type MRI (7T, inner diameter 400 mm, self-shielding type, zero boil-off type). The imaging was performed under isoflurane anesthesia while maintaining the rectal temperature at 36.5±0.5° C. After Tripilot acquisition, the brain images were acquired by TurboRARE T2 emphasis sequence (TR: 4200 ms, TE: 36 ms, Fat-Sup: on, NA: 4, RARE factor: 8, scan time: 14 min) (FOV read: 25.6 mm, FOV P1: 14.5 mm, Slice thickness: 0.5 mm, number of slices: 28). The ROI of each brain region was set in each of the acquired slices, and the volume of the brain region was calculated by summing the ROI areas of all the slices to evaluate the effect of the test compound.
[1304] According to the above method, rTg4510 mice were fed a diet containing 5.8 mg/g-food of the compound of Example 1 from the age of 4 months, and the effect of PET/MR on tau aggregate accumulation and cerebral atrophy was evaluated. The results are shown in
[1305] In
[1306]
TABLE-US-00043 volume (mm.sup.3) * p < 0.05, ** p < 0.01 vs. control month administration cerebral lateral old group cerebellum neocortex hippocampus ventricle 4 control 33.9 ± 0.20 58.2 ± 0.38 12.4 ± 0.19 1.04 ± 0.046 Example 1 34.3 ± 0.19 60.1 ± 0.49 14.0 ± 0.13 0.79 ± 0.014 6 control 33.7 ± 0.34 41.1 ± 0.77 9.98 ± 0.21 8.21 ± 0.179 Example 1 33.9 ± 0.18 50.9 ± 0.98 12.6 ± 0.22 1.70 ± 0.312 8 control 33.7 ± 0.19 33.3 ± 0.53 9.51 ± 0.20 8.41 ± 0.516 Example 1 33.4 ± 0.33 45.3 ± 1.13 12.7 ± 0.12 0.61 ± 0.036
[1307]
TABLE-US-00044 SUVR (cerebellum ratio) * p < 0.05, ** p < 0.01 vs. control month administration cerebral old group neocortex hippocampus 4 control 1.020 ± 0.009 1.082 ± 0.008 Example 1 0.986 ± 0.009 1.078 ± 0.009 6 control 1.196 ± 0.012 1.337 ± 0.012 Example 1 1.098 ± 0.013 1.182 ± 0.016 8 control 1.378 ± 0.011 1.472 ± 0.012 Example 1 1.184 ± 0.017 1.284 ± 0.024
[1308] In the same manner as described above, the compound of Example 577 was administered to the mice as a mixed diet at 0.7 and 6.6 mg/g-food and evaluated. In the non-administration group, the SUVR of the tau PET tracer increased monotonically with ages at 4, 6 and 8 months, but in the compound-administration group of Example 577, 3 out of 5 individuals in the 0.7 mg/g-hood administration group and 3 out of 6 in the 6.6 mg/g-hood administration group did not show any increase in the SUVR in the transition from the age of 6 months to the age of 8 months, which suggested that the accumulation of tau aggregates was suppressed. And, no suppression of cerebral atrophy was observed in the Example 577-administration group.
[1309] The compound of Example 795 was administered to the mice as a mixed diet at 3 mg/g-food in the same manner as described above, and evaluated. ABT was used in combination with a mixed diet of 1 mg/g-food. The results of the compound administration group of Example 795 at 3 mg/g-food are shown in
[1310]
TABLE-US-00045 SUVR(cerebellum ratio) month administration cerebral old group neocortex hippocampus 4 control 1.034 ± 0.049 1.139 ± 0.061 Example 795 3 mg/g-food 1.023 ± 0.009 1.134 ± 0.042 6 control 1.200 ± 0.070 1.374 ± 0.080 Example 795 3 mg/g-food 1.149 ± 0.031 1.308 ± 0.044 8 control 1.410 ± 0.117 1.583 ± 0.152 Example 795 3 mg/g-food 1.268 ± 0.036 1.419 ± 0.048
[1311] Although the age-dependent increase in lateral ventricular volume was not different in the compound administration group of Example 795 at 3 mg/g-food from the non-administration group at the age of 8 months, a tendency to suppress was observed at the age of 6 months, which suggests that cerebral atrophy was delayed.
[1312] The compound of Example 560 was administered to the mice as a mixed diet at 4.5 mg/g-hood in the same manner as described above, and evaluated. ABT was used in combination with a mixed diet of 1 mg/g-food. The results of the compound administration group of Example 560 at 4.5 mg/g-food are shown in
[1313]
TABLE-US-00046 SUVR(cerebellum ratio) month administration cerebral old group neocortex hippocampus 4 control 1.019 ± 0.020 1.089 ± 0.014 Example 560 4.5 mg/g-food 1.026 ± 0.037 1.103 ± 0.036 6 control 1.242 ± 0.026 1.377 ± 0.040 Example 560 4.5 mg/g-food 1.224 ± 0.060 1.328 ± 0.078 8 control 1.456 ± 0.035 1.559 ± 0.049 Example 560 4.5 mg/g-food 1.351 ± 0.049 1.468 ± 0.056
[1314] And, the age-dependent increase in lateral ventricular volume was suppressed in the compound administration group of Example 560 at 4.5 mg/g-food, which suggests that cerebral atrophy was suppressed. The results are shown in the table below.
TABLE-US-00047 lateral month administration ventricular old group volume (mm.sup.3) 4 control 0.50 ± 0.05 Example 560 4.5 mg/g-food 0.47 ± 0.06 6 control 3.11 ± 0.82 Example 560 4.5 mg/g-food 0.34 ± 0.10 8 control 3.68 ± 0.77 Example 560 4.5 mg/g-food 0.71 ± 0.35
[1315] By the same method as described above, the evaluation of tau aggregate accumulation and cerebral atrophy in the brain can be carried out for the compounds described in other examples.
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
[1316] Nav activator may become a useful medicament for treating and/or preventing tauopathy.